|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
819
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
819
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
1869
|
60 static char e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
7
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
|
7
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
786
|
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
|
|
659
|
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
77 };
|
|
|
78
|
|
464
|
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 /*
|
|
|
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
88 */
|
|
464
|
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
92
|
|
825
|
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
|
|
|
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
|
|
|
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
|
96
|
|
657
|
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
98 * are used. */
|
|
|
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
100
|
|
665
|
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
102 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
103
|
|
657
|
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
106 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
107
|
|
874
|
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
|
|
|
109 completions. */
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
|
|
|
112
|
|
449
|
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
116
|
|
1927
|
117 /* Set when doing something for completion that may call edit() recursively,
|
|
|
118 * which is not allowed. */
|
|
|
119 static int compl_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
120
|
|
464
|
121 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
122 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
123 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
124 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
716
|
125 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
|
464
|
126 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
127 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
128 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
129 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
130 * completion started */
|
|
|
131 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
132 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
133
|
|
|
134 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
135 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
1430
|
136 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
|
|
944
|
137 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
|
|
681
|
138 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
665
|
139 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
681
|
140 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
|
7
|
141 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
142 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
143 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
144 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
707
|
145 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
146 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
703
|
147 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
|
667
|
148 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
149 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
150 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
151 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
874
|
152 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
153 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
1782
|
154 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void));
|
|
874
|
155 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
|
|
694
|
156 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
|
659
|
157 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
158 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
159 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
724
|
160 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
161 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
|
|
|
162 #endif
|
|
659
|
163 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
164 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
165 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
166 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
167 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
168 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
169 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
681
|
170 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
171 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
1872
|
172 static unsigned quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
7
|
173 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
175 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
176 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
177 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
178 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
179
|
|
661
|
180 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
181 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
182 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
183 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
2004
|
184 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only, int c));
|
|
7
|
185 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
186 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
187 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
744
|
188 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
189 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
190 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
191 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
192 #endif
|
|
7
|
193 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
194 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
840
|
195 #if 0
|
|
7
|
196 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
840
|
197 #endif
|
|
7
|
198 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
199 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
200 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
202 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
203 #endif
|
|
|
204 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
1782
|
205 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col));
|
|
|
206 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col));
|
|
7
|
207 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
208 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
209 #endif
|
|
|
210 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
211 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
212 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
213 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
214 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
215 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
216 #endif
|
|
|
217 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
218 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
219 #endif
|
|
449
|
220 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
221 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
222 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
223 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
224 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
225 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
226 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
227 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
228 #endif
|
|
692
|
229 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
230 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
231 #endif
|
|
7
|
232 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
233 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
234 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
235 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
236 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
237 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
238 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
239 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
240 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
241 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
242 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
243 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
244 #endif
|
|
|
245 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
246 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
247 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
248 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
249 #endif
|
|
|
250 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
251 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
252 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
253 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
254 #endif
|
|
|
255 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
256
|
|
|
257 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
258 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
261 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
262 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
263 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
264 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
265
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
267 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
268 #endif
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
270 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
271
|
|
|
272 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
273 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
274 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
275 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
276 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
277 #endif
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
280 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
281 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
284 under the cursor */
|
|
|
285
|
|
|
286 /*
|
|
|
287 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
288 *
|
|
|
289 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
290 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
291 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
292 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
293 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
294 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
295 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
296 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
297 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
298 *
|
|
|
299 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
300 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
301 *
|
|
|
302 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
303 */
|
|
|
304 int
|
|
|
305 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
306 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
307 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
308 long count;
|
|
|
309 {
|
|
|
310 int c = 0;
|
|
|
311 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
312 int lastc;
|
|
1869
|
313 int mincol;
|
|
7
|
314 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
315 int i;
|
|
|
316 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
317 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
318 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
319 #endif
|
|
|
320 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
321 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
322 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
323 #endif
|
|
|
324 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
325 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
326 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
327
|
|
603
|
328 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
329 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
330
|
|
7
|
331 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
332 * error message */
|
|
|
333 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
336 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
337 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
338 {
|
|
|
339 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
340 return FALSE;
|
|
|
341 }
|
|
|
342 #endif
|
|
632
|
343 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
344 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
345 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
346 {
|
|
|
347 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
348 return FALSE;
|
|
|
349 }
|
|
7
|
350
|
|
|
351 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
844
|
352 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
|
|
1927
|
353 if (compl_started || compl_busy || pum_visible())
|
|
844
|
354 {
|
|
|
355 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
356 return FALSE;
|
|
|
357 }
|
|
7
|
358 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
359 #endif
|
|
|
360
|
|
11
|
361 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
362 /*
|
|
|
363 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
364 */
|
|
|
365 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
366 {
|
|
532
|
367 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
368 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
369 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
370 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
371 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
372 else
|
|
|
373 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
374 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
375 # endif
|
|
11
|
376 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
377 }
|
|
|
378 #endif
|
|
|
379
|
|
7
|
380 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
381 /*
|
|
|
382 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
383 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
384 */
|
|
|
385 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
386 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
387 else
|
|
|
388 #endif
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
391 if (startln)
|
|
|
392 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
393 }
|
|
1869
|
394 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
7
|
395 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
396 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
397 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
399 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
400 {
|
|
|
401 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
402 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
403 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
404 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
405 {
|
|
|
406 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
407 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
408 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
409 }
|
|
|
410 else
|
|
|
411 #endif
|
|
|
412 {
|
|
|
413 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
414 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
415 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
416 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
417 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
418 }
|
|
|
419 }
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
421 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
422 {
|
|
|
423 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
424 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
425 {
|
|
|
426 beep_flush();
|
|
|
427 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
428 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
429 }
|
|
|
430 else
|
|
|
431 #endif
|
|
|
432 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
433 }
|
|
|
434 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
435 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
436 {
|
|
|
437 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
438 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
439 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
440 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
441 }
|
|
|
442 #endif
|
|
|
443 else
|
|
|
444 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
446 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 /*
|
|
|
449 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
450 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
451 */
|
|
|
452 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
453
|
|
|
454 /*
|
|
|
455 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
456 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
457 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
458 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
459 */
|
|
|
460 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
461 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
462 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
463 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
464 #endif
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
467 setmouse();
|
|
|
468 #endif
|
|
|
469 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
470 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
471 #endif
|
|
|
472 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
473 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
474 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
475 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
476 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
477 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
478 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
479 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
480 #endif
|
|
|
481
|
|
|
482 /*
|
|
|
483 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
484 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
485 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
486 */
|
|
|
487 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
488 {
|
|
|
489 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
490 /*
|
|
|
491 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
492 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
493 */
|
|
|
494 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
495 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
496 else
|
|
|
497 #endif
|
|
|
498 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
499 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
500
|
|
|
501 /*
|
|
|
502 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
503 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
504 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
505 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
506 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
507 */
|
|
|
508 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
509 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
510 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
511 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
512 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
515 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
516 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
517 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
518 {
|
|
474
|
519 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
520 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
521 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
522 }
|
|
|
523 #endif
|
|
|
524 }
|
|
230
|
525 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
526 }
|
|
|
527 else
|
|
|
528 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
531 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
533 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
534 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
535
|
|
|
536 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
537 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
538 #endif
|
|
|
539 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
540 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
541 #endif
|
|
|
542 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
543 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
544 * restarting. */
|
|
|
545 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
546 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
547 #endif
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
549 /*
|
|
|
550 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
551 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
552 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
553 */
|
|
|
554 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
555 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
556 i = showmode();
|
|
|
557
|
|
|
558 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
1473
|
559 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
|
|
7
|
560
|
|
|
561 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
562 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
563 #endif
|
|
|
564 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
565 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
566 #endif
|
|
|
567
|
|
603
|
568 /*
|
|
|
569 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
570 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
571 */
|
|
7
|
572 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
573 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
574 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
575 else
|
|
|
576 {
|
|
|
577 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
578 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
579 }
|
|
|
580
|
|
|
581 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 /*
|
|
|
584 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
585 */
|
|
|
586 for (;;)
|
|
|
587 {
|
|
|
588 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
589 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
590 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
591 else
|
|
|
592 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
593 #endif
|
|
|
594 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
595 count = 0;
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
597 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
598 {
|
|
|
599 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
600 count = 0;
|
|
|
601 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
602 }
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
605 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
606 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
608 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
609 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
610 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
611 {
|
|
|
612 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
613 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
614 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
615 }
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 /*
|
|
|
618 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
619 */
|
|
|
620 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
621
|
|
|
622 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
623 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
624 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
625 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
626 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
627 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
628 #endif
|
|
|
629
|
|
|
630 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
631 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
632 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
633 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
634 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
635 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
636 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
637 #endif
|
|
|
638
|
|
|
639 /*
|
|
|
640 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
641 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
642 * redraw.
|
|
|
643 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
644 * something.
|
|
|
645 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
646 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
647 */
|
|
|
648 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
649 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
650 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
651 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
652 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
653 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
654 #endif
|
|
|
655 )
|
|
|
656 {
|
|
|
657 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
658 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
659
|
|
1869
|
660 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
7
|
661 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
662 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
663 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
664 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
665 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
666 #endif
|
|
|
667 ))
|
|
|
668 {
|
|
|
669 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
670 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
671 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
672 else
|
|
|
673 #endif
|
|
|
674 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
675 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
676 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
677 else
|
|
|
678 #endif
|
|
|
679 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
680 }
|
|
|
681 }
|
|
|
682
|
|
|
683 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
684 update_topline();
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
686 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
687
|
|
|
688 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
689
|
|
|
690 /*
|
|
|
691 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
692 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
693 */
|
|
661
|
694 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
695
|
|
|
696 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
697 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
698 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 update_curswant();
|
|
|
702 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
703 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
704 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
705 #endif
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
707 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
708 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
709 #endif
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
711 /*
|
|
1526
|
712 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE.
|
|
7
|
713 */
|
|
|
714 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
1526
|
715 do
|
|
|
716 {
|
|
|
717 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
718 } while (c == K_IGNORE);
|
|
7
|
719
|
|
978
|
720 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
721 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
|
|
|
722 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
723 #endif
|
|
|
724
|
|
7
|
725 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
726 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
727 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
728 #endif
|
|
|
729 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
730 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
731 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
732 #endif
|
|
|
733
|
|
|
734 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
735 /*
|
|
|
736 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
897
|
737 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
|
|
|
738 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
|
|
659
|
739 */
|
|
897
|
740 if (compl_started
|
|
|
741 && pum_wanted()
|
|
|
742 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
|
|
|
743 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
|
|
|
744 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
|
|
659
|
745 {
|
|
|
746 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
747 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
836
|
748 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
|
|
|
749 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
|
|
657
|
750 continue;
|
|
|
751
|
|
659
|
752 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
753 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
754 {
|
|
659
|
755 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
836
|
756 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
|
|
|
757 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
|
|
|
758 if (c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
759 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
1872
|
760 || (int)STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
836
|
761 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
|
|
659
|
762 {
|
|
|
763 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
764 continue;
|
|
|
765 }
|
|
|
766
|
|
1430
|
767 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
|
|
|
768 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
769 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
|
|
659
|
770 {
|
|
|
771 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
772 continue;
|
|
|
773 }
|
|
665
|
774
|
|
887
|
775 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
|
|
825
|
776 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
777 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
778 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
665
|
779 {
|
|
|
780 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
781 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
782 }
|
|
657
|
783 }
|
|
|
784 }
|
|
|
785
|
|
7
|
786 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
787 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
788 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
1526
|
789 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
657
|
790 continue;
|
|
7
|
791 #endif
|
|
|
792
|
|
477
|
793 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
794 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
795 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
796 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
797 {
|
|
|
798 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
799 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
800 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
801 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
802 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
803 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
804 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
805 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
806 {
|
|
477
|
807 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
808 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
809 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
810 }
|
|
|
811 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
812 continue;
|
|
|
813 else
|
|
|
814 {
|
|
477
|
815 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
816 {
|
|
|
817 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
818 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
819 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
820 }
|
|
7
|
821 count = 0;
|
|
|
822 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
823 }
|
|
|
824 }
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
827 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
828 #endif
|
|
|
829
|
|
|
830 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
831 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
832 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
833 #endif
|
|
|
834 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
835 {
|
|
|
836 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
837 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
838 continue;
|
|
|
839 }
|
|
|
840
|
|
|
841 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
842 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
843 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
844 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
845 # endif
|
|
|
846 )
|
|
|
847 {
|
|
|
848 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
849 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
850 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
851 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
852 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
853 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
854 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
855 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
856 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
857 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
858 }
|
|
|
859 #endif
|
|
|
860
|
|
|
861 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
862 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
863 switch (c)
|
|
|
864 {
|
|
|
865 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
866 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
867 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
868 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
869 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
870 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
871 }
|
|
|
872 #endif
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
875 /*
|
|
|
876 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
877 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
878 * characters.
|
|
|
879 */
|
|
|
880 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
881 continue;
|
|
|
882 #endif
|
|
|
883
|
|
|
884 /*
|
|
|
885 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
886 */
|
|
|
887 switch (c)
|
|
|
888 {
|
|
449
|
889 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
890 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
891 break;
|
|
|
892 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
893
|
|
449
|
894 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
895 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
896 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
897 {
|
|
|
898 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
899 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
900 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
929
|
901 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
902 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
903 }
|
|
|
904 #endif
|
|
|
905
|
|
|
906 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
907 do_intr:
|
|
|
908 #endif
|
|
|
909 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
910 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
911 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
912 {
|
|
|
913 if (got_int)
|
|
|
914 {
|
|
|
915 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
916 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
917 }
|
|
|
918 else
|
|
|
919 vim_beep();
|
|
|
920 break;
|
|
|
921 }
|
|
|
922 doESCkey:
|
|
|
923 /*
|
|
|
924 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
925 */
|
|
|
926 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
927 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
928 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
929 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
930
|
|
477
|
931 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
932 {
|
|
|
933 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
934 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
935 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
936 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
993
|
937 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
11
|
938 #endif
|
|
7
|
939 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
940 }
|
|
7
|
941 continue;
|
|
|
942
|
|
449
|
943 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
944 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
945 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
946 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
947 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
948 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
949
|
|
|
950 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
951 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
952 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
953 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
954 #endif
|
|
|
955 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
956 break;
|
|
|
957 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
853
|
958
|
|
|
959 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
960 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
|
|
|
961 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
|
|
|
962 {
|
|
|
963 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
964 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
965 }
|
|
|
966 #endif
|
|
449
|
967 count = 0;
|
|
|
968 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
969
|
|
464
|
970 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
971 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
972 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
973 break;
|
|
|
974
|
|
|
975 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
976 break;
|
|
|
977
|
|
449
|
978 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
979 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
980 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
981 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
982 #endif
|
|
|
983
|
|
|
984 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
985 case K_F1:
|
|
|
986 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
987 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
988 if (p_im)
|
|
|
989 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
990 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
992 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
993 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
994 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
1389
|
995 i = plain_vgetc();
|
|
449
|
996 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
997 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
998 break;
|
|
|
999 #endif
|
|
|
1000
|
|
|
1001 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
1002 case NUL:
|
|
|
1003 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
1004 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
1005 * error. */
|
|
7
|
1006 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
1007 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
1008 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
1009 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1010 break;
|
|
|
1011
|
|
449
|
1012 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
1013 ins_reg();
|
|
|
1014 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1015 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1016 break;
|
|
|
1017
|
|
449
|
1018 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
1019 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
1020 break;
|
|
|
1021
|
|
449
|
1022 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
1023 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
1024 break;
|
|
|
1025
|
|
|
1026 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
1027 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
1028 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
1029 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1030 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
1031 break;
|
|
|
1032 #endif
|
|
|
1033
|
|
449
|
1034 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
1035 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1036 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
1037 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1038 #endif
|
|
|
1039 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1040
|
|
449
|
1041 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
1042 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1043 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
1044 {
|
|
449
|
1045 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
1046 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1047 break;
|
|
7
|
1048 }
|
|
|
1049 # endif
|
|
|
1050 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1051 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1052 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1053 break;
|
|
|
1054
|
|
449
|
1055 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1056 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1057 ins_del();
|
|
|
1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1059 break;
|
|
|
1060
|
|
449
|
1061 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1062 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1063 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1064 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1065 break;
|
|
|
1066
|
|
449
|
1067 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1068 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1069 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1070 break;
|
|
|
1071
|
|
449
|
1072 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1073 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1074 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1075 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1076 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1077 # endif
|
|
7
|
1078 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1079 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1080 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1081 break;
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1084 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1085 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1086 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1087 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1088 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1089 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1090 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1091 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1092 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1093 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1094 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1095 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1096 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1097 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1098 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1099 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1100 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1101 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1102 break;
|
|
|
1103
|
|
449
|
1104 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1105 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1106 break;
|
|
|
1107
|
|
449
|
1108 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1109 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1110 break;
|
|
|
1111 #endif
|
|
692
|
1112 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
1113 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
|
1114 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
|
1115 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
|
1116 break;
|
|
|
1117 #endif
|
|
7
|
1118
|
|
449
|
1119 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121
|
|
661
|
1122 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1123 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1124 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1125 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1126 break;
|
|
|
1127 #endif
|
|
|
1128
|
|
625
|
1129 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1130 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1131 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1132 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1133 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1134 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136 #endif
|
|
|
1137
|
|
7
|
1138 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1139 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1140 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1141 break;
|
|
|
1142
|
|
|
1143 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1144 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1145 break;
|
|
|
1146 #endif
|
|
|
1147
|
|
449
|
1148 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1149 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1150 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1151 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1152 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1153 break;
|
|
|
1154
|
|
449
|
1155 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1156 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1157 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1158 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1159 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1160 break;
|
|
|
1161
|
|
449
|
1162 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1163 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1164 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1165 else
|
|
|
1166 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1167 break;
|
|
|
1168
|
|
449
|
1169 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1170 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1171 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1172 break;
|
|
|
1173
|
|
449
|
1174 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1175 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1176 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1177 else
|
|
|
1178 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1179 break;
|
|
|
1180
|
|
449
|
1181 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1182 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1183 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1184 break;
|
|
|
1185
|
|
449
|
1186 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1187 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1188 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1189 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1190 #endif
|
|
180
|
1191 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1192 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1193 else
|
|
|
1194 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1195 break;
|
|
|
1196
|
|
449
|
1197 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1198 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1199 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1200 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1201 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1202 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1203 #endif
|
|
7
|
1204 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1205 break;
|
|
|
1206
|
|
449
|
1207 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1208 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1209 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1210 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1211 #endif
|
|
180
|
1212 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1213 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1214 else
|
|
|
1215 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1216 break;
|
|
|
1217
|
|
449
|
1218 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1219 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1220 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1221 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1222 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1223 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1224 #endif
|
|
7
|
1225 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1226 break;
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1229 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1230 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1231 break;
|
|
|
1232 #endif
|
|
|
1233
|
|
449
|
1234 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1235 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1236 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1237
|
|
449
|
1238 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1239 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1240 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1241 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1242 #endif
|
|
|
1243 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1244 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1245 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1246 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1247 break;
|
|
|
1248
|
|
449
|
1249 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1250 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1251 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1252 case CAR:
|
|
|
1253 case NL:
|
|
|
1254 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1255 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1256 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1257 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1258 {
|
|
644
|
1259 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1260 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1261 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1262 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1263 break;
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265 #endif
|
|
|
1266 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1267 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1268 {
|
|
|
1269 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1270 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1271 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1272 }
|
|
|
1273 #endif
|
|
|
1274 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1275 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1276 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1277 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1278 break;
|
|
|
1279
|
|
|
1280 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1281 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1282 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1283 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1284 {
|
|
449
|
1285 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1286 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1287 break;
|
|
7
|
1288 }
|
|
|
1289 # endif
|
|
|
1290 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1291 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1292 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1293 break;
|
|
|
1294 # endif
|
|
|
1295 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1296 #endif
|
|
7
|
1297
|
|
|
1298 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1299 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1300 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1301 break;
|
|
|
1302
|
|
449
|
1303 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1304 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1305 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1306 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1307
|
|
449
|
1308 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1309 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1310 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1311 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1312
|
|
|
1313 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1314 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1315 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1316 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1317 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1318 #endif
|
|
|
1319
|
|
449
|
1320 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1321 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1322 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1323 #endif
|
|
|
1324 {
|
|
|
1325 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1326 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1327 {
|
|
|
1328 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1329 break;
|
|
|
1330 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1331 }
|
|
|
1332 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1333 }
|
|
|
1334 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1335 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1336
|
|
449
|
1337 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1338 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1339 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1340 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1341 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1342 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1343 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1344 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1345
|
|
|
1346 docomplete:
|
|
1927
|
1347 compl_busy = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
1348 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1349 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
1927
|
1350 compl_busy = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
1351 break;
|
|
|
1352 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1353
|
|
449
|
1354 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1355 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1356 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1357 break;
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 default:
|
|
|
1360 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1361 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1362 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1363 #endif
|
|
|
1364
|
|
|
1365 /*
|
|
|
1366 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1367 */
|
|
|
1368 normalchar:
|
|
|
1369 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1370 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1371 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1372 #endif
|
|
|
1373
|
|
|
1374 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1375 {
|
|
|
1376 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1377 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1378 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1379 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1380 #endif
|
|
|
1381 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1382 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1383 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1384 }
|
|
|
1385
|
|
|
1386 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1387 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1388 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1389 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1390 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1391 #endif
|
|
|
1392 c))
|
|
|
1393 {
|
|
|
1394 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1396 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1397 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1398 #endif
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400
|
|
|
1401 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1404 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1405 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1406 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1407 #endif
|
|
|
1408 break;
|
|
|
1409 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1410
|
|
978
|
1411 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1412 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
|
|
|
1413 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
|
|
|
1414 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
|
1415 #endif
|
|
|
1416
|
|
7
|
1417 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1418 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1419 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1420
|
|
|
1421 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1422 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1423 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1424 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1425 # endif
|
|
|
1426 )
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1429 /*
|
|
|
1430 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1431 */
|
|
|
1432 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1433 {
|
|
|
1434 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1435 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1436 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1437 }
|
|
|
1438 }
|
|
|
1439 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1442 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1443 }
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 /*
|
|
|
1446 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1447 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1448 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1449 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1450 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1451 */
|
|
|
1452 static void
|
|
661
|
1453 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
1876
|
1454 int ready UNUSED; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1455 {
|
|
|
1456 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1457 {
|
|
661
|
1458 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
794
|
1459 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
|
|
|
1460 * visible, the command might delete it. */
|
|
661
|
1461 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
794
|
1462 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
|
|
|
1463 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1464 && !pum_visible()
|
|
|
1465 # endif
|
|
|
1466 )
|
|
661
|
1467 {
|
|
1506
|
1468 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
1469 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
|
|
|
1470 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
|
|
|
1471 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
|
|
|
1472 * again below, unfortunately. */
|
|
|
1473 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw)
|
|
|
1474 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1475 # endif
|
|
661
|
1476 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1477 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1478 }
|
|
|
1479 #endif
|
|
7
|
1480 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1481 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1482 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1483 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1484 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1485 setcursor();
|
|
|
1486 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1487 }
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 /*
|
|
|
1491 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1492 */
|
|
|
1493 static void
|
|
|
1494 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1495 {
|
|
|
1496 int c;
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1499 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1500
|
|
|
1501 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1502 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1503 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1506 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1507 #endif
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1510 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1511 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1512 #endif
|
|
|
1513 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1514 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1515 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1516 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1517 #endif
|
|
|
1518 }
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 /*
|
|
|
1521 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1522 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1523 */
|
|
|
1524 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1525 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1526 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1527 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1528 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1529 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1530 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1531 #else
|
|
|
1532 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1533 #endif
|
|
|
1534 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1535 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1536 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 void
|
|
|
1539 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1540 int c;
|
|
|
1541 int highlight;
|
|
|
1542 {
|
|
|
1543 int attr;
|
|
|
1544
|
|
|
1545 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1546 {
|
|
|
1547 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1548 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1549 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1550 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1551 else
|
|
|
1552 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1553 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1554 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1555 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1556 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1557 #endif
|
|
|
1558 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1559 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1562 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1563 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1564 {
|
|
|
1565 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1566
|
|
|
1567 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1568 {
|
|
|
1569 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1570 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1571 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1572 }
|
|
|
1573 }
|
|
|
1574 # endif
|
|
|
1575 }
|
|
|
1576 else
|
|
|
1577 #endif
|
|
|
1578 {
|
|
|
1579 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1580 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1581 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1582 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1583 #endif
|
|
|
1584 }
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
1586 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1587 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1588 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1589 #endif
|
|
|
1590 {
|
|
|
1591 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1592 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1595 }
|
|
|
1596 }
|
|
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 /*
|
|
|
1599 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1600 */
|
|
|
1601 void
|
|
|
1602 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1603 {
|
|
|
1604 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1605 {
|
|
|
1606 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1607 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1608 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1609 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1610 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1611 else
|
|
|
1612 #endif
|
|
|
1613 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1614 }
|
|
|
1615 }
|
|
|
1616
|
|
|
1617 /*
|
|
|
1618 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1619 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1620 */
|
|
|
1621 void
|
|
|
1622 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1623 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1624 {
|
|
|
1625 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1626
|
|
|
1627 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1628 return;
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1631 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1632 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1633 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1634 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1635 {
|
|
|
1636 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1637
|
|
|
1638 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1639 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1640 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1641 }
|
|
|
1642 #endif
|
|
|
1643 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1644 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1645 {
|
|
|
1646 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1647 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1648 }
|
|
|
1649 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1650 }
|
|
|
1651
|
|
|
1652 /*
|
|
|
1653 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1654 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1655 */
|
|
|
1656 static void
|
|
|
1657 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1658 {
|
|
|
1659 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1660 {
|
|
|
1661 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1662 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1663 }
|
|
|
1664 }
|
|
|
1665
|
|
|
1666 /*
|
|
|
1667 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1668 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1669 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1670 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1671 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1672 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1673 */
|
|
|
1674 void
|
|
1516
|
1675 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes)
|
|
7
|
1676 int type;
|
|
|
1677 int amount;
|
|
|
1678 int round;
|
|
|
1679 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
1516
|
1680 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */
|
|
7
|
1681 {
|
|
|
1682 int vcol;
|
|
|
1683 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1684 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1685 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1686 int i;
|
|
|
1687 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1688 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1689 int start_col;
|
|
|
1690 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1691 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1692 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1693 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1696 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1697 {
|
|
|
1698 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1699 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701 #endif
|
|
|
1702
|
|
|
1703 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1704 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1705 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1706 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1707 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 /*
|
|
|
1710 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1711 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1712 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1713 */
|
|
|
1714 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1717 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1718 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1719 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 /*
|
|
|
1724 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1725 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1726 */
|
|
|
1727 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1728 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1729
|
|
|
1730 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1731 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1732
|
|
|
1733 /*
|
|
|
1734 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1735 */
|
|
|
1736 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
1516
|
1737 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
|
|
7
|
1738 else
|
|
|
1739 {
|
|
|
1740 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1741 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1742
|
|
|
1743 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1744 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1745 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1746 #endif
|
|
1516
|
1747 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
|
|
7
|
1748 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1749 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1750 #endif
|
|
|
1751 }
|
|
|
1752 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1753
|
|
|
1754 /*
|
|
|
1755 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1756 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1757 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1758 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1759 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1760 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1761 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1762 */
|
|
|
1763 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 /*
|
|
|
1766 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1767 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1768 */
|
|
|
1769 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1770 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1771 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1772 }
|
|
|
1773 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1774 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1775 else
|
|
|
1776 {
|
|
|
1777 /*
|
|
|
1778 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1779 */
|
|
|
1780 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
1869
|
1781 curwin->w_virtcol = (colnr_T)((vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol);
|
|
7
|
1782
|
|
|
1783 /*
|
|
|
1784 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1785 */
|
|
|
1786 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1787 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1788 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1789 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1790 {
|
|
|
1791 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1792 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1793 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1794 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1795 else
|
|
|
1796 #endif
|
|
|
1797 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1798 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1799 }
|
|
|
1800 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 /*
|
|
|
1803 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1804 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1805 */
|
|
|
1806 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1807 {
|
|
1869
|
1808 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
|
|
7
|
1809 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
1869
|
1810 ptr = alloc((unsigned)(i + 1));
|
|
7
|
1811 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1812 {
|
|
|
1813 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1814 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1815 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1816 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1817 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1818 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1819 }
|
|
|
1820 }
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 /*
|
|
|
1823 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1824 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1825 */
|
|
|
1826 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1827 }
|
|
|
1828
|
|
|
1829 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1832 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1833 else
|
|
1869
|
1834 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)new_cursor_col;
|
|
7
|
1835 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1836 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1837
|
|
|
1838 /*
|
|
|
1839 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1840 */
|
|
|
1841 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1842 {
|
|
|
1843 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1844 {
|
|
|
1845 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1846 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1847 else
|
|
|
1848 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1849 }
|
|
|
1850 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1851 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1852 else
|
|
|
1853 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1854 }
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 /*
|
|
|
1857 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1858 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1859 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1860 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1861 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1862 */
|
|
|
1863 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1864 {
|
|
|
1865 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1868 --start_col;
|
|
|
1869 }
|
|
|
1870 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
|
1872 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1873 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1874 {
|
|
|
1875 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1876 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1877 }
|
|
|
1878 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1879 }
|
|
|
1880 }
|
|
|
1881
|
|
|
1882 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1883 /*
|
|
|
1884 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1885 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1886 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1887 */
|
|
|
1888 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1889 {
|
|
|
1890 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1891 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1892 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1893 return;
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
1895 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1896 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1897 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1898 return;
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1901 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1904 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1905 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1906
|
|
|
1907 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1908 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1909
|
|
|
1910 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1911 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1914 }
|
|
|
1915 #endif
|
|
|
1916 }
|
|
|
1917
|
|
|
1918 /*
|
|
|
1919 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1920 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1921 * modes.
|
|
|
1922 */
|
|
|
1923 void
|
|
|
1924 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1925 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1926 {
|
|
|
1927 int i;
|
|
|
1928
|
|
|
1929 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1930 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1931 {
|
|
|
1932 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1933 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1934 }
|
|
|
1935 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1936 }
|
|
|
1937
|
|
|
1938 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1939 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1940 /*
|
|
|
1941 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1942 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
1782
|
1943 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
|
|
|
1944 * character.
|
|
7
|
1945 */
|
|
|
1946 void
|
|
|
1947 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1948 int col;
|
|
|
1949 {
|
|
|
1950 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1951 {
|
|
|
1952 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1953 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1782
|
1954 replace_do_bs(col);
|
|
|
1955 else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
|
|
|
1956 break;
|
|
|
1957 }
|
|
|
1958 }
|
|
|
1959 #endif
|
|
|
1960
|
|
|
1961 /*
|
|
|
1962 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
|
|
|
1963 * Only matters when there are composing characters.
|
|
|
1964 * Return TRUE when something was deleted.
|
|
|
1965 */
|
|
|
1966 static int
|
|
|
1967 del_char_after_col(limit_col)
|
|
1876
|
1968 int limit_col UNUSED;
|
|
1782
|
1969 {
|
|
|
1970 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1971 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1972 {
|
|
1869
|
1973 colnr_T ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
1782
|
1974
|
|
|
1975 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
|
|
|
1976 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a
|
|
|
1977 * composing character. */
|
|
|
1978 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
1796
|
1979 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col)
|
|
1782
|
1980 {
|
|
|
1981 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
1983 if (l == 0) /* end of line */
|
|
|
1984 break;
|
|
|
1985 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol)
|
|
|
1988 return FALSE;
|
|
1869
|
1989 del_bytes((long)((int)ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
1782
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991 else
|
|
|
1992 #endif
|
|
|
1993 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1994 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1995 }
|
|
7
|
1996
|
|
|
1997 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1998 /*
|
|
449
|
1999 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
2000 */
|
|
|
2001 static void
|
|
|
2002 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
|
2004 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
2005 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
2006 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
2007 {
|
|
|
2008 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
2009 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
2010 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
2011 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
2012 else
|
|
|
2013 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2014 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
2015 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2016 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
2017 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2018 showmode();
|
|
|
2019 }
|
|
|
2020 }
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 /*
|
|
|
2023 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
2024 */
|
|
|
2025 static int
|
|
|
2026 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
2027 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
2028 {
|
|
703
|
2029 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
|
744
|
2030 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
|
2031 && !curwin->w_p_spell
|
|
|
2032 # endif
|
|
|
2033 )
|
|
449
|
2034 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
2035 {
|
|
|
2036 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2037 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2038 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
2039 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
2040 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
2041 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2042 {
|
|
|
2043 vim_beep();
|
|
|
2044 setcursor();
|
|
|
2045 out_flush();
|
|
|
2046 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
2047 }
|
|
|
2048 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2049 }
|
|
|
2050 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2051 }
|
|
|
2052
|
|
|
2053 /*
|
|
7
|
2054 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
2055 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
2056 */
|
|
|
2057 int
|
|
|
2058 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
2059 int c;
|
|
|
2060 {
|
|
|
2061 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
2062 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2063 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2064
|
|
610
|
2065 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
2066 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
2067 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2068
|
|
7
|
2069 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2070 {
|
|
|
2071 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
2072 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
2073 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
2074 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
2075 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
2076 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
2077 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
2078 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
2079 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
2080 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
2081 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
2082 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2083 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2084 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2085 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2086 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2087 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2088 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2089 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2090 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2091 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2092 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2093 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2094 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2095 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2096 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2097 #endif
|
|
|
2098 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2099 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
2100 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
2101 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2102 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
2103 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
2104 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
2105 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
2106 #endif
|
|
477
|
2107 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
2108 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
2109 }
|
|
|
2110 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
2111 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2112 }
|
|
|
2113
|
|
|
2114 /*
|
|
1430
|
2115 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
|
|
|
2116 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
|
|
|
2117 * is visible.
|
|
|
2118 */
|
|
|
2119 static int
|
|
|
2120 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
|
|
|
2121 int c;
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
|
2123 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
2124 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
|
|
|
2125 return vim_isIDc(c);
|
|
|
2126
|
|
|
2127 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2128 {
|
|
|
2129 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2130 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
|
|
|
2131 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
|
|
|
2132 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
|
|
|
2133 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
|
|
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2136 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
|
2137 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
|
|
|
2138 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
|
|
|
2139 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
|
|
|
2140
|
|
|
2141 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2142 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
|
|
|
2143 return vim_isprintc(c);
|
|
|
2144 }
|
|
|
2145 return vim_iswordc(c);
|
|
|
2146 }
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 /*
|
|
659
|
2149 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
2150 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
1219
|
2151 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
7
|
2152 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
2153 */
|
|
|
2154 int
|
|
681
|
2155 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2156 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2157 int len;
|
|
681
|
2158 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2159 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2160 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2161 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2162 {
|
|
1353
|
2163 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2164 int i, c;
|
|
|
2165 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
2166 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
|
|
2004
|
2167 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
|
|
7
|
2168 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
2169 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
1353
|
2170
|
|
1436
|
2171 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
|
|
1353
|
2172 {
|
|
|
2173 /* Infer case of completed part. */
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 /* Find actual length of completion. */
|
|
|
2176 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2177 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
|
2179 p = str;
|
|
|
2180 actual_len = 0;
|
|
|
2181 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
|
2183 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2184 ++actual_len;
|
|
|
2185 }
|
|
|
2186 }
|
|
|
2187 else
|
|
|
2188 #endif
|
|
|
2189 actual_len = len;
|
|
|
2190
|
|
|
2191 /* Find actual length of original text. */
|
|
|
2192 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2193 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2196 actual_compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
2197 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2198 {
|
|
1353
|
2199 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2200 ++actual_compl_length;
|
|
|
2201 }
|
|
|
2202 }
|
|
|
2203 else
|
|
|
2204 #endif
|
|
|
2205 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
|
|
|
2206
|
|
|
2207 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
|
|
1869
|
2208 wca = (int *)alloc((unsigned)(actual_len * sizeof(int)));
|
|
1353
|
2209 if (wca != NULL)
|
|
|
2210 {
|
|
|
2211 p = str;
|
|
|
2212 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2213 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2214 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2215 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2216 else
|
|
|
2217 #endif
|
|
|
2218 wca[i] = *(p++);
|
|
|
2219
|
|
|
2220 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
2221 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2222 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
|
2224 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2225 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2226 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2227 else
|
|
|
2228 #endif
|
|
|
2229 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2230 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
7
|
2231 {
|
|
1353
|
2232 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2233 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2234 {
|
|
|
2235 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2236 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2237 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2238 break;
|
|
|
2239 }
|
|
7
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241 }
|
|
1353
|
2242
|
|
|
2243 /*
|
|
|
2244 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2245 * upper case.
|
|
|
2246 */
|
|
|
2247 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2248 {
|
|
|
2249 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2250 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2251 {
|
|
|
2252 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2253 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2254 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2255 else
|
|
|
2256 #endif
|
|
|
2257 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2258 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2259 {
|
|
|
2260 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2261 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2262 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2263 break;
|
|
|
2264 }
|
|
|
2265 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
|
|
|
2266 }
|
|
|
2267 }
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
|
|
|
2270 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2271 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
7
|
2272 {
|
|
1353
|
2273 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2274 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2275 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2276 else
|
|
|
2277 #endif
|
|
|
2278 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2279 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
|
2280 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2281 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
|
|
|
2282 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
7
|
2283 }
|
|
1353
|
2284
|
|
1436
|
2285 /*
|
|
1353
|
2286 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
|
|
|
2287 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
|
|
|
2288 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
|
|
|
2289 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
|
|
|
2290 */
|
|
|
2291 p = IObuff;
|
|
|
2292 i = 0;
|
|
|
2293 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
2294 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2295 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1446
|
2296 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
|
|
1353
|
2297 else
|
|
|
2298 #endif
|
|
|
2299 *(p++) = wca[i++];
|
|
|
2300 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 vim_free(wca);
|
|
|
2303 }
|
|
7
|
2304
|
|
841
|
2305 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
|
|
|
2306 flags, FALSE);
|
|
|
2307 }
|
|
|
2308 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
2309 }
|
|
|
2310
|
|
|
2311 /*
|
|
|
2312 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2313 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
464
|
2314 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
681
|
2315 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
7
|
2316 */
|
|
841
|
2317 static int
|
|
944
|
2318 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
|
|
7
|
2319 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2320 int len;
|
|
681
|
2321 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2322 char_u *fname;
|
|
841
|
2323 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
659
|
2324 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2325 int flags;
|
|
944
|
2326 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
|
|
7
|
2327 {
|
|
464
|
2328 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2329 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2330
|
|
|
2331 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2332 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2333 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2334 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2335 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2336
|
|
|
2337 /*
|
|
|
2338 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2339 */
|
|
944
|
2340 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
|
|
449
|
2341 {
|
|
|
2342 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2343 do
|
|
|
2344 {
|
|
464
|
2345 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
989
|
2346 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
|
|
464
|
2347 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2348 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2349 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2350 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2351 }
|
|
|
2352
|
|
540
|
2353 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2354 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2355
|
|
7
|
2356 /*
|
|
|
2357 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2358 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2359 */
|
|
659
|
2360 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2361 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2362 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2363 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2364 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2365 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
694
|
2366 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2367 {
|
|
|
2368 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2369 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2370 }
|
|
681
|
2371 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
659
|
2372
|
|
7
|
2373 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2374 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2375 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2376 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2377 if (fname != NULL
|
|
829
|
2378 && compl_curr_match != NULL
|
|
659
|
2379 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2380 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2381 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2382 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2383 {
|
|
|
2384 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2385 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2386 }
|
|
7
|
2387 else
|
|
464
|
2388 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2389 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
786
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 if (cptext != NULL)
|
|
|
2392 {
|
|
|
2393 int i;
|
|
|
2394
|
|
|
2395 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
2396 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
2397 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
|
|
|
2398 }
|
|
7
|
2399
|
|
|
2400 /*
|
|
|
2401 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2402 */
|
|
449
|
2403 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2404 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2405 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2406 {
|
|
464
|
2407 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2408 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2409 }
|
|
|
2410 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2411 {
|
|
464
|
2412 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2413 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2414 }
|
|
|
2415 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2416 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2417 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2418 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2419 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2420 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2421 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2422
|
|
665
|
2423 /*
|
|
|
2424 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2425 */
|
|
|
2426 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2427 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2428
|
|
7
|
2429 return OK;
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
|
2431
|
|
|
2432 /*
|
|
681
|
2433 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
|
2434 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
|
2435 */
|
|
|
2436 static int
|
|
|
2437 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
|
2438 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2439 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2440 int len;
|
|
|
2441 {
|
|
|
2442 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
|
2443 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2444 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2445 }
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 /*
|
|
665
|
2448 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2449 */
|
|
|
2450 static void
|
|
|
2451 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2452 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2453 {
|
|
|
2454 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
681
|
2455 int c1, c2;
|
|
665
|
2456 int had_match;
|
|
|
2457
|
|
|
2458 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2459 {
|
|
665
|
2460 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2461 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
842
|
2462 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2463 {
|
|
|
2464 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2465 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
1782
|
2466 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
842
|
2467 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2470 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2471 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2472 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2473 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2474 }
|
|
|
2475 }
|
|
665
|
2476 else
|
|
|
2477 {
|
|
|
2478 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
681
|
2479 p = compl_leader;
|
|
|
2480 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2481 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
665
|
2482 {
|
|
|
2483 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2484 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2485 {
|
|
681
|
2486 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2487 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
665
|
2488 }
|
|
|
2489 else
|
|
|
2490 #endif
|
|
|
2491 {
|
|
681
|
2492 c1 = *p;
|
|
|
2493 c2 = *s;
|
|
|
2494 }
|
|
|
2495 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
|
2496 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
|
2497 break;
|
|
|
2498 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2499 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2500 {
|
|
|
2501 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2502 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
|
2503 }
|
|
|
2504 else
|
|
|
2505 #endif
|
|
|
2506 {
|
|
|
2507 ++p;
|
|
|
2508 ++s;
|
|
665
|
2509 }
|
|
|
2510 }
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
|
2514 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2515 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2516 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2517 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
1782
|
2518 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
665
|
2519 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2520
|
|
|
2521 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2522 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2523 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2524 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2525 }
|
|
|
2526
|
|
|
2527 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2528 }
|
|
|
2529 }
|
|
|
2530
|
|
|
2531 /*
|
|
7
|
2532 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2533 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2534 */
|
|
|
2535 static void
|
|
681
|
2536 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
|
7
|
2537 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2538 char_u **matches;
|
|
681
|
2539 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2540 {
|
|
|
2541 int i;
|
|
|
2542 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2543 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2544
|
|
464
|
2545 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
681
|
2546 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
841
|
2547 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2548 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2549 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2550 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2551 }
|
|
|
2552
|
|
|
2553 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2554 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2555 */
|
|
|
2556 static int
|
|
|
2557 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2558 {
|
|
464
|
2559 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2560 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2561
|
|
449
|
2562 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2563 {
|
|
|
2564 /*
|
|
|
2565 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2566 */
|
|
449
|
2567 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2568 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2569 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2570 {
|
|
|
2571 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2572 ++count;
|
|
|
2573 }
|
|
464
|
2574 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2575 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2576 }
|
|
|
2577 return count;
|
|
|
2578 }
|
|
|
2579
|
|
724
|
2580 /*
|
|
|
2581 * Start completion for the complete() function.
|
|
|
2582 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
|
|
|
2583 * "list" is the list of matches.
|
|
|
2584 */
|
|
|
2585 void
|
|
|
2586 set_completion(startcol, list)
|
|
1869
|
2587 colnr_T startcol;
|
|
724
|
2588 list_T *list;
|
|
|
2589 {
|
|
|
2590 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
|
|
|
2591 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2592 ins_compl_prep(' ');
|
|
|
2593 ins_compl_clear();
|
|
|
2594
|
|
|
2595 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
2596 return;
|
|
|
2597
|
|
1869
|
2598 if (startcol > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
724
|
2599 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2600 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
1869
|
2601 compl_length = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)startcol;
|
|
724
|
2602 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
|
|
|
2603 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
2604 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
2605 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
724
|
2606 return;
|
|
|
2607
|
|
|
2608 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
|
|
|
2609 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2610
|
|
|
2611 ins_compl_add_list(list);
|
|
|
2612 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
2613 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
2614 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
929
|
2615 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
724
|
2616
|
|
|
2617 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2618 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2619 out_flush();
|
|
|
2620 }
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622
|
|
574
|
2623 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2624 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2625 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2626 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2627
|
|
|
2628 /*
|
|
|
2629 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2630 */
|
|
|
2631 static void
|
|
|
2632 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2633 {
|
|
|
2634 int h;
|
|
|
2635
|
|
|
2636 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2637 {
|
|
|
2638 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2639 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2640 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2641 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2642 }
|
|
|
2643 }
|
|
|
2644
|
|
|
2645 /*
|
|
|
2646 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2647 */
|
|
|
2648 static void
|
|
|
2649 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2650 {
|
|
|
2651 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2652 {
|
|
|
2653 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2654 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2655 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2656 }
|
|
|
2657 }
|
|
|
2658
|
|
|
2659 /*
|
|
|
2660 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2661 */
|
|
|
2662 static int
|
|
|
2663 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2664 {
|
|
707
|
2665 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
|
|
665
|
2666 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2667 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2668
|
|
|
2669 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2670 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2671 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2672 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2673 #endif
|
|
|
2674 )
|
|
|
2675 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2676 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2677 }
|
|
|
2678
|
|
|
2679 /*
|
|
|
2680 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
707
|
2681 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
|
|
657
|
2682 */
|
|
|
2683 static int
|
|
707
|
2684 pum_enough_matches()
|
|
657
|
2685 {
|
|
|
2686 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2687 int i;
|
|
540
|
2688
|
|
|
2689 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2690 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2691 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2692 i = 0;
|
|
|
2693 do
|
|
|
2694 {
|
|
|
2695 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2696 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2697 break;
|
|
|
2698 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2699 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2700
|
|
707
|
2701 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
|
|
|
2702 return (i >= 1);
|
|
540
|
2703 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2704 }
|
|
|
2705
|
|
|
2706 /*
|
|
|
2707 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2708 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2709 */
|
|
648
|
2710 void
|
|
540
|
2711 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2712 {
|
|
|
2713 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2714 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2715 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2716 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2717 int i;
|
|
|
2718 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2719 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2720 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2721
|
|
707
|
2722 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
|
540
|
2723 return;
|
|
|
2724
|
|
794
|
2725 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
2726 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
|
|
|
2727 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
|
|
|
2728 #endif
|
|
|
2729
|
|
540
|
2730 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2731 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2732
|
|
|
2733 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2734 {
|
|
|
2735 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2736 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2737 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2738 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
835
|
2739 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2740 do
|
|
|
2741 {
|
|
657
|
2742 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2743 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2744 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2745 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2746 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2747 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2748 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2749 return;
|
|
659
|
2750 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2751 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2752 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2753 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
829
|
2755 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
|
|
|
2756 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
|
|
|
2757 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2758 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2759
|
|
540
|
2760 i = 0;
|
|
|
2761 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2762 do
|
|
|
2763 {
|
|
657
|
2764 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2765 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2766 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2767 {
|
|
659
|
2768 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2769 {
|
|
|
2770 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2771 {
|
|
|
2772 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2773 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2774 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2775 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2776 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2777 }
|
|
|
2778 else
|
|
|
2779 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2780 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2781 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2782 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2783 }
|
|
786
|
2784
|
|
|
2785 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
|
|
|
2786 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
|
|
|
2787 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
|
|
|
2788 else
|
|
|
2789 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2790 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
|
|
|
2791 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
|
|
|
2792 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
|
|
|
2793 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
|
|
|
2794 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
|
|
659
|
2795 else
|
|
|
2796 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2797 }
|
|
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2800 {
|
|
|
2801 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
716
|
2802
|
|
|
2803 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
|
2804 * compl_shown_match. */
|
|
|
2805 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2806 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2807
|
|
659
|
2808 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2809 {
|
|
|
2810 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2811 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2812 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2813 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2814 }
|
|
540
|
2815 }
|
|
|
2816 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2817 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2818
|
|
|
2819 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2820 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2821 }
|
|
|
2822 }
|
|
|
2823 else
|
|
|
2824 {
|
|
|
2825 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2826 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
786
|
2827 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
|
|
|
2828 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
|
|
|
2829 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
|
|
829
|
2830 {
|
|
|
2831 cur = i;
|
|
657
|
2832 break;
|
|
829
|
2833 }
|
|
540
|
2834 }
|
|
|
2835
|
|
|
2836 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2837 {
|
|
|
2838 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2839 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2840 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2841 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
732
|
2842 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
|
|
540
|
2843 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2844 }
|
|
|
2845 }
|
|
|
2846
|
|
7
|
2847 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2848 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2849
|
|
7
|
2850 /*
|
|
703
|
2851 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
|
2852 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
7
|
2853 */
|
|
|
2854 static void
|
|
703
|
2855 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2856 char_u *dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2857 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2858 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
703
|
2859 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
|
2860 {
|
|
|
2861 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2862 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2863 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2864 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2865 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2866 int count;
|
|
|
2867 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2868 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2869
|
|
703
|
2870 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
|
2871 {
|
|
744
|
2872 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2873 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
|
2874 * "spell". */
|
|
|
2875 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
|
2876 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
|
2877 else
|
|
|
2878 #endif
|
|
|
2879 return;
|
|
|
2880 }
|
|
|
2881
|
|
7
|
2882 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
703
|
2883 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
2884 return;
|
|
1074
|
2885 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
|
|
703
|
2886
|
|
7
|
2887 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2888 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2889 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2890 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2891
|
|
|
2892 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2893 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
842
|
2894 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
|
|
667
|
2895 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2896 {
|
|
842
|
2897 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
|
|
1869
|
2898 size_t len;
|
|
842
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 if (pat_esc == NULL)
|
|
1159
|
2901 goto theend;
|
|
1869
|
2902 len = STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
|
|
|
2903 ptr = alloc((unsigned)len);
|
|
667
|
2904 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2905 {
|
|
|
2906 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
1074
|
2907 goto theend;
|
|
842
|
2908 }
|
|
1869
|
2909 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, len, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
|
|
842
|
2910 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
2911 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
667
|
2912 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2913 }
|
|
|
2914 else
|
|
703
|
2915 {
|
|
667
|
2916 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
703
|
2917 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
2918 goto theend;
|
|
|
2919 }
|
|
667
|
2920
|
|
7
|
2921 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2922 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
703
|
2923 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2924 {
|
|
|
2925 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2926 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2927 {
|
|
|
2928 count = 1;
|
|
|
2929 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2930 }
|
|
|
2931 else
|
|
|
2932 {
|
|
|
2933 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2934 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2935 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2936 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
744
|
2937 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2938 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
|
2939 count = -1;
|
|
744
|
2940 else
|
|
|
2941 # endif
|
|
|
2942 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
7
|
2943 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2944 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2945 count = 0;
|
|
|
2946 }
|
|
|
2947
|
|
744
|
2948 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2949 if (count == -1)
|
|
|
2950 {
|
|
712
|
2951 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
|
2952 * don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
703
|
2953 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
|
2954 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
|
2955 else
|
|
|
2956 ptr = pat;
|
|
|
2957 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
|
2958 }
|
|
|
2959 else
|
|
744
|
2960 # endif
|
|
938
|
2961 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
|
|
703
|
2962 {
|
|
|
2963 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
|
2964 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
7
|
2965 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
703
|
2966 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968 if (flags != 0)
|
|
7
|
2969 break;
|
|
|
2970 }
|
|
703
|
2971
|
|
|
2972 theend:
|
|
7
|
2973 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2974 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2975 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2976 }
|
|
|
2977
|
|
703
|
2978 static void
|
|
|
2979 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
|
2980 int count;
|
|
|
2981 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2982 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2983 int flags;
|
|
|
2984 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
|
2985 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2986 int *dir;
|
|
|
2987 {
|
|
|
2988 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2989 int i;
|
|
|
2990 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2991 int add_r;
|
|
|
2992
|
|
|
2993 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2994 {
|
|
|
2995 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2996 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2997 {
|
|
|
2998 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2999 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
1869
|
3000 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
703
|
3001 }
|
|
|
3002
|
|
|
3003 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
3004 {
|
|
|
3005 /*
|
|
|
3006 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
3007 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
3008 */
|
|
|
3009 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
3010 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
3011 {
|
|
|
3012 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
3013 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
3014 {
|
|
|
3015 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
|
3016 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3017 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
3018 else
|
|
|
3019 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
3020 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
|
3021 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
942
|
3022 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
3023 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
3024 {
|
|
|
3025 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
3026
|
|
|
3027 /*
|
|
|
3028 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
3029 */
|
|
1353
|
3030 ptr = buf;
|
|
703
|
3031 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
3032 {
|
|
|
3033 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
3034 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
3035 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
3036 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
3037 break;
|
|
|
3038 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
3039
|
|
1353
|
3040 /* Find end of the word. */
|
|
703
|
3041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3042 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3043 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
3044 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
3045 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
3046 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
3047 {
|
|
|
3048 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3051 break;
|
|
|
3052 ptr += l;
|
|
|
3053 }
|
|
|
3054 else
|
|
|
3055 #endif
|
|
|
3056 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
1353
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
|
|
|
3059 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
|
|
|
3060 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
3061 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
|
3062 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
3063 }
|
|
|
3064 }
|
|
|
3065 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
3066 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3067 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3068 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
|
3069 break;
|
|
|
3070 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
3071 * of line */
|
|
|
3072 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
3073 break;
|
|
|
3074 }
|
|
|
3075 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
3076 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
|
3077 }
|
|
|
3078 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
3079 }
|
|
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081 }
|
|
|
3082
|
|
7
|
3083 /*
|
|
|
3084 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
3085 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
3086 */
|
|
|
3087 char_u *
|
|
|
3088 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
3089 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3090 {
|
|
|
3091 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3092 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3093 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
3094 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3095 else
|
|
|
3096 #endif
|
|
|
3097 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3098 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3099 return ptr;
|
|
|
3100 }
|
|
|
3101
|
|
|
3102 /*
|
|
|
3103 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
3104 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
3105 */
|
|
|
3106 char_u *
|
|
|
3107 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3108 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3109 {
|
|
|
3110 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3111 int start_class;
|
|
|
3112
|
|
|
3113 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3114 {
|
|
|
3115 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
3116 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
3117 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
3118 {
|
|
474
|
3119 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3120 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
3121 break;
|
|
|
3122 }
|
|
|
3123 }
|
|
|
3124 else
|
|
|
3125 #endif
|
|
|
3126 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3127 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3128 return ptr;
|
|
|
3129 }
|
|
|
3130
|
|
|
3131 /*
|
|
667
|
3132 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
3133 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
3134 */
|
|
|
3135 static char_u *
|
|
|
3136 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3137 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3138 {
|
|
|
3139 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3140
|
|
|
3141 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3142 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
3143 --s;
|
|
|
3144 return s;
|
|
|
3145 }
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 /*
|
|
7
|
3148 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
3149 */
|
|
|
3150 static void
|
|
|
3151 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
3152 {
|
|
464
|
3153 compl_T *match;
|
|
786
|
3154 int i;
|
|
7
|
3155
|
|
449
|
3156 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3157 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3158 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3159 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3160
|
|
|
3161 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3162 return;
|
|
540
|
3163
|
|
|
3164 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3165 pum_clear();
|
|
|
3166
|
|
449
|
3167 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
3168 do
|
|
|
3169 {
|
|
449
|
3170 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
3171 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3172 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
3173 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
3174 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
3175 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
786
|
3176 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3177 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
|
|
7
|
3178 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
3179 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
3180 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
1927
|
3181 compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3182 }
|
|
|
3183
|
|
|
3184 static void
|
|
|
3185 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
3186 {
|
|
449
|
3187 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3188 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3189 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3190 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3191 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3192 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3193 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3194 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
724
|
3195 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3196 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
825
|
3197 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3198 }
|
|
|
3199
|
|
|
3200 /*
|
|
674
|
3201 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
3202 */
|
|
|
3203 int
|
|
|
3204 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
3205 {
|
|
|
3206 return compl_started;
|
|
|
3207 }
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
3209 /*
|
|
659
|
3210 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
3211 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
836
|
3212 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
|
|
|
3213 * to be got from the user.
|
|
657
|
3214 */
|
|
|
3215 static int
|
|
|
3216 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
3217 {
|
|
|
3218 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3219 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3220
|
|
836
|
3221 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
3222 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3223 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
3224
|
|
1430
|
3225 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
|
|
|
3226 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
|
|
|
3227 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
|
|
|
3228 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
|
|
|
3229 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
|
|
836
|
3230 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3231
|
|
874
|
3232 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
|
|
|
3233 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
|
|
|
3234 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
|
|
|
3235 || compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3236 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
657
|
3237
|
|
|
3238 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
835
|
3239 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3240 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3241 {
|
|
874
|
3242 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3243 return NUL;
|
|
|
3244 }
|
|
|
3245 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3246 }
|
|
|
3247
|
|
|
3248 /*
|
|
|
3249 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
|
|
|
3250 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
|
|
|
3251 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
|
|
|
3252 */
|
|
|
3253 static void
|
|
|
3254 ins_compl_new_leader()
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3257 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
1782
|
3258 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
874
|
3259 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 if (compl_started)
|
|
|
3262 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3263 else
|
|
|
3264 {
|
|
826
|
3265 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
874
|
3266 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
|
|
|
3267 #endif
|
|
|
3268 /*
|
|
|
3269 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
|
|
|
3270 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
|
|
|
3271 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
|
|
|
3272 */
|
|
|
3273 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3274 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3275 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3276 {
|
|
|
3277 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
3278 setcursor();
|
|
|
3279 out_flush();
|
|
|
3280 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3281 }
|
|
|
3282 #endif
|
|
|
3283 compl_restarting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3284 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3285 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3286 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3287 }
|
|
|
3288
|
|
887
|
3289 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
|
|
874
|
3290 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3291 {
|
|
829
|
3292 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
|
|
|
3293 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
3294 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
|
|
|
3295 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
3296 else
|
|
|
3297 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3298 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3299 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
874
|
3300 }
|
|
887
|
3301 #endif
|
|
|
3302 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
|
|
874
|
3303
|
|
|
3304 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
3305 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
947
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
|
3308 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
3309 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
3310 }
|
|
|
3311
|
|
|
3312 /*
|
|
1782
|
3313 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
|
|
|
3314 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero.
|
|
|
3315 */
|
|
|
3316 static int
|
|
|
3317 ins_compl_len()
|
|
|
3318 {
|
|
1869
|
3319 int off = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
1782
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 if (off < 0)
|
|
|
3322 return 0;
|
|
|
3323 return off;
|
|
|
3324 }
|
|
|
3325
|
|
|
3326 /*
|
|
657
|
3327 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3328 * matches.
|
|
|
3329 */
|
|
|
3330 static void
|
|
|
3331 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
3332 int c;
|
|
|
3333 {
|
|
|
3334 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3335 int cc;
|
|
|
3336
|
|
|
3337 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
3338 {
|
|
|
3339 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
3340
|
|
|
3341 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
3342 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
3343 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
3344 }
|
|
|
3345 else
|
|
|
3346 #endif
|
|
|
3347 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
3348
|
|
874
|
3349 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
|
|
|
3350 if (compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3351 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
|
3352
|
|
657
|
3353 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3354 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
1869
|
3355 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col));
|
|
657
|
3356 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
874
|
3357 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3358 }
|
|
|
3359
|
|
|
3360 /*
|
|
|
3361 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
|
|
|
3362 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
|
|
|
3363 */
|
|
|
3364 static void
|
|
|
3365 ins_compl_restart()
|
|
|
3366 {
|
|
|
3367 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
3368 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3369 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3370 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3371 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
694
|
3372 }
|
|
|
3373
|
|
|
3374 /*
|
|
|
3375 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
|
3376 */
|
|
|
3377 static void
|
|
|
3378 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
|
3379 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3380 {
|
|
|
3381 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3382
|
|
|
3383 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
|
3384 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
|
3385 {
|
|
|
3386 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
|
3387 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3388 {
|
|
|
3389 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
|
3390 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
|
3391 }
|
|
657
|
3392 }
|
|
|
3393 }
|
|
|
3394
|
|
|
3395 /*
|
|
659
|
3396 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3397 * matches.
|
|
|
3398 */
|
|
|
3399 static void
|
|
|
3400 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
3401 {
|
|
|
3402 char_u *p;
|
|
1869
|
3403 int len = (int)curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
659
|
3404 int c;
|
|
887
|
3405 compl_T *cp;
|
|
659
|
3406
|
|
|
3407 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
3408 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
887
|
3409 {
|
|
|
3410 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
|
|
|
3411 * the leader. */
|
|
|
3412 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3413 {
|
|
|
3414 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3415 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
|
|
|
3416 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
|
|
|
3417 {
|
|
987
|
3418 if (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
3419 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
|
|
887
|
3420 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
|
3421 {
|
|
|
3422 p = cp->cp_str;
|
|
|
3423 break;
|
|
|
3424 }
|
|
|
3425 }
|
|
|
3426 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
|
|
|
3427 return;
|
|
|
3428 }
|
|
|
3429 else
|
|
|
3430 return;
|
|
|
3431 }
|
|
659
|
3432 p += len;
|
|
|
3433 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3434 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
3435 #else
|
|
|
3436 c = *p;
|
|
|
3437 #endif
|
|
|
3438 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
3439 }
|
|
|
3440
|
|
|
3441 /*
|
|
7
|
3442 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
3443 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
3444 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
3445 */
|
|
540
|
3446 static int
|
|
7
|
3447 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
3448 int c;
|
|
|
3449 {
|
|
|
3450 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3451 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
3452 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3453
|
|
|
3454 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
3455 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
3456 */
|
|
|
3457 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3458 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3459
|
|
1434
|
3460 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
|
|
|
3461 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
|
|
540
|
3462 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3463
|
|
665
|
3464 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
3465 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
3466 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
3467 {
|
|
|
3468 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
3469 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
3470 }
|
|
|
3471
|
|
7
|
3472 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
3473 {
|
|
|
3474 /*
|
|
|
3475 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
3476 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
3477 */
|
|
|
3478 switch (c)
|
|
|
3479 {
|
|
|
3480 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
3481 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
3482 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
3483 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
3484 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3485 else
|
|
|
3486 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3487 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3488 showmode();
|
|
|
3489 break;
|
|
|
3490 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
3491 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
3492 break;
|
|
|
3493 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
3494 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
3495 break;
|
|
|
3496 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
3497 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3498 break;
|
|
|
3499 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
3500 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
3501 break;
|
|
|
3502 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
3503 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3504 break;
|
|
12
|
3505 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3506 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
3507 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
3508 break;
|
|
449
|
3509 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
3510 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
3511 break;
|
|
502
|
3512 #endif
|
|
477
|
3513 case 's':
|
|
|
3514 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
3515 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
744
|
3516 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
819
|
3517 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
|
|
484
|
3518 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
819
|
3519 --emsg_off;
|
|
484
|
3520 #endif
|
|
477
|
3521 break;
|
|
7
|
3522 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
3523 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3524 break;
|
|
|
3525 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3526 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
3527 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
3528 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3529 break;
|
|
|
3530 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
3531 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3532 break;
|
|
|
3533 #endif
|
|
|
3534 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
3535 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
3536 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3537 break;
|
|
|
3538 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
3539 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
3540 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
3541 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
3542 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3543 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
3544 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3545 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
3546 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3547 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
3548 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3549 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3550 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3551 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
3552 default:
|
|
449
|
3553 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
3554 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
3555 * mode).
|
|
|
3556 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
3557 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
3558 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
3559 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
3560 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
3561 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
3562 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
3563 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
3564 {
|
|
449
|
3565 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3566 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3567 else
|
|
449
|
3568 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
3569 }
|
|
|
3570 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3571 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3572 showmode();
|
|
|
3573 break;
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575 }
|
|
|
3576 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3577 {
|
|
|
3578 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
3579 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3580 {
|
|
|
3581 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
3582 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3583 else
|
|
|
3584 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3585 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3586 }
|
|
|
3587 showmode();
|
|
|
3588 }
|
|
|
3589
|
|
449
|
3590 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3593 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3594 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3595 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3596 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3597 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3598 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3599 {
|
|
|
3600 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3601 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3602 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
836
|
3603 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
7
|
3604 {
|
|
449
|
3605 char_u *p;
|
|
938
|
3606 int temp = 0;
|
|
449
|
3607
|
|
7
|
3608 /*
|
|
836
|
3609 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
|
|
|
3610 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
|
|
|
3611 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
|
|
|
3612 * of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3613 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
|
|
|
3614 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
|
|
7
|
3615 */
|
|
836
|
3616 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3617 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
|
3618 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3619 ptr = compl_leader;
|
|
|
3620 else
|
|
|
3621 ptr = compl_orig_text;
|
|
897
|
3622 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
|
|
|
3623 {
|
|
|
3624 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3625 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
|
|
|
3626 ++temp)
|
|
|
3627 ;
|
|
836
|
3628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
897
|
3629 if (temp > 0)
|
|
|
3630 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
|
|
|
3631 #endif
|
|
|
3632 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
|
3633 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
3634 }
|
|
|
3635 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
3636 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
|
|
7
|
3637 }
|
|
|
3638
|
|
|
3639 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3640 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3641 #endif
|
|
|
3642 /*
|
|
|
3643 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3644 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3645 */
|
|
449
|
3646 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3647 {
|
|
|
3648 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3649 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3650 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3651 {
|
|
|
3652 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3653 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3654 }
|
|
|
3655 #endif
|
|
|
3656 }
|
|
|
3657 else
|
|
|
3658 {
|
|
1073
|
3659 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3660
|
|
7
|
3661 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
1073
|
3662 if (prev_col > 0)
|
|
|
3663 dec_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3664 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3665 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
1073
|
3666 if (prev_col > 0
|
|
|
3667 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
|
|
|
3668 inc_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3669 }
|
|
|
3670
|
|
816
|
3671 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
|
|
825
|
3672 * the selection without inserting anything. When
|
|
|
3673 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
3674 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
3675 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
|
3676 && pum_visible())
|
|
540
|
3677 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3678
|
|
816
|
3679 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
|
|
|
3680 if (c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3681 {
|
|
|
3682 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3683 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
1782
|
3684 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
816
|
3685 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
1782
|
3686 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
|
|
816
|
3687 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3688 }
|
|
|
3689
|
|
1698
|
3690 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3691
|
|
7
|
3692 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3693 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3694 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3695 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3696 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
825
|
3697 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3698 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3699 {
|
|
|
3700 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3701 showmode();
|
|
|
3702 }
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3705 /*
|
|
|
3706 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3707 */
|
|
|
3708 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3709 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3710 #endif
|
|
|
3711 }
|
|
|
3712 }
|
|
|
3713
|
|
|
3714 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3715 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3716 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3717 {
|
|
449
|
3718 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3719 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3720 }
|
|
540
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3723 }
|
|
|
3724
|
|
|
3725 /*
|
|
|
3726 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3727 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3728 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3729 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3730 *
|
|
|
3731 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3732 */
|
|
|
3733 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3734 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3735 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3736 int flag;
|
|
|
3737 {
|
|
|
3738 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3739 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3740 #endif
|
|
|
3741
|
|
|
3742 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3743 {
|
|
|
3744 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3745 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3746 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3747 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3748 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3749 ;
|
|
|
3750 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3751 #else
|
|
|
3752 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3753 #endif
|
|
|
3754 }
|
|
|
3755 else
|
|
|
3756 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3757 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3758 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3759 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3760 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3761 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3762 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3763 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3764 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3765 ;
|
|
|
3766 return buf;
|
|
|
3767 }
|
|
|
3768
|
|
12
|
3769 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3770 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3771
|
|
|
3772 /*
|
|
523
|
3773 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3774 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
12
|
3775 */
|
|
659
|
3776 static void
|
|
|
3777 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3778 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3779 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3780 {
|
|
452
|
3781 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3782 char_u *args[2];
|
|
|
3783 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3784 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3787 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3788 return;
|
|
452
|
3789
|
|
|
3790 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3791 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3792 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3793
|
|
|
3794 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3795 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3796 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3797 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3798 return;
|
|
|
3799
|
|
724
|
3800 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
|
|
|
3801 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
3802 }
|
|
|
3803 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3804
|
|
786
|
3805 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
3806 /*
|
|
|
3807 * Add completions from a list.
|
|
|
3808 */
|
|
|
3809 static void
|
|
|
3810 ins_compl_add_list(list)
|
|
|
3811 list_T *list;
|
|
|
3812 {
|
|
|
3813 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3814 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3815
|
|
659
|
3816 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
724
|
3817 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
452
|
3818 {
|
|
786
|
3819 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
|
|
|
3820 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3821 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
648
|
3822 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3823 break;
|
|
452
|
3824 }
|
|
724
|
3825 }
|
|
786
|
3826
|
|
|
3827 /*
|
|
|
3828 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
|
|
|
3829 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
3830 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
3831 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
|
3832 */
|
|
|
3833 int
|
|
|
3834 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
|
|
|
3835 typval_T *tv;
|
|
|
3836 int dir;
|
|
|
3837 {
|
|
|
3838 char_u *word;
|
|
867
|
3839 int icase = FALSE;
|
|
944
|
3840 int adup = FALSE;
|
|
786
|
3841 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
|
|
|
3842
|
|
|
3843 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3844 {
|
|
|
3845 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3846 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3847 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
|
|
|
3848 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3849 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3850 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3851 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
|
|
|
3852 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3853 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
|
|
|
3854 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
|
3855 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
841
|
3856 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
944
|
3857 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
|
|
786
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859 else
|
|
|
3860 {
|
|
|
3861 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
|
|
|
3862 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
|
|
|
3863 }
|
|
|
3864 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
|
|
|
3865 return FAIL;
|
|
944
|
3866 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
|
|
786
|
3867 }
|
|
724
|
3868 #endif
|
|
12
|
3869
|
|
449
|
3870 /*
|
|
|
3871 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3872 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3873 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3874 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3875 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3876 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3877 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3878 */
|
|
|
3879 static int
|
|
659
|
3880 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3881 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3882 {
|
|
|
3883 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3884 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3885 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3886 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3887 certain type. */
|
|
|
3888 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3889
|
|
464
|
3890 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3891 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3892 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3893 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3894 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3895 int i;
|
|
|
3896 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3897 int len;
|
|
|
3898 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3899 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3900 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3901 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3902 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3903 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3904
|
|
449
|
3905 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3906 {
|
|
|
3907 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3908 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3909 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3910 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3911 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3912 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3913 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915
|
|
449
|
3916 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3917 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3918 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3919 for (;;)
|
|
|
3920 {
|
|
|
3921 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3922
|
|
449
|
3923 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3924 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3925 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3926 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3927 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3928 {
|
|
|
3929 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3930 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3931 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3932 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3933 {
|
|
|
3934 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3935 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3936 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3937 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3938 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3939 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3940 type = 0;
|
|
|
3941 }
|
|
|
3942 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3943 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3944 {
|
|
|
3945 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3946 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
449
|
3948 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3949 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3950 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3951 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3952 type = 0;
|
|
|
3953 }
|
|
|
3954 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3955 {
|
|
|
3956 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3957 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3958 continue;
|
|
|
3959 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3960 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3961 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3962 }
|
|
274
|
3963 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3964 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3965 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3966 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3967 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3968 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
1869
|
3969 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
7
|
3970 }
|
|
|
3971 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3972 break;
|
|
|
3973 else
|
|
|
3974 {
|
|
|
3975 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3976 type = -1;
|
|
|
3977 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3980 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3981 else
|
|
|
3982 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3983 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3986 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3987 }
|
|
|
3988 }
|
|
|
3989 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3990 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3991 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3992 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3993 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3994 #endif
|
|
|
3995 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3996 {
|
|
|
3997 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
1872
|
3998 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
1869
|
3999 (void)msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
7
|
4000 }
|
|
|
4001 else
|
|
|
4002 type = -1;
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
4005 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
4006
|
|
|
4007 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
4008 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
4009 continue;
|
|
|
4010 }
|
|
|
4011 }
|
|
|
4012
|
|
|
4013 switch (type)
|
|
|
4014 {
|
|
|
4015 case -1:
|
|
|
4016 break;
|
|
|
4017 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
4018 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
4019 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
4020 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
4021 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
4022 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
4023 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
4024 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
4025 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
4026 break;
|
|
|
4027 #endif
|
|
|
4028
|
|
|
4029 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
4030 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
4031 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
703
|
4032 dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
7
|
4033 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
4034 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
4035 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
4036 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
4037 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
4038 ? p_dict
|
|
|
4039 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
4040 compl_pattern,
|
|
703
|
4041 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
|
4042 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
7
|
4043 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
4044 break;
|
|
|
4045
|
|
|
4046 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
4047 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
4048 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
4049 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
4050
|
|
|
4051 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
4052 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
4053 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
4054 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
4055 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
4056 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
4057 {
|
|
942
|
4058 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
7
|
4059 }
|
|
|
4060 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
4061 break;
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
4064 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
4065 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
4066 {
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
4069 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
681
|
4070 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
|
4071 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4072 TRUE
|
|
|
4073 #else
|
|
|
4074 FALSE
|
|
|
4075 #endif
|
|
|
4076 );
|
|
7
|
4077 }
|
|
|
4078 break;
|
|
|
4079
|
|
|
4080 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
4081 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4082 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
4083 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
681
|
4084 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
4085 break;
|
|
|
4086
|
|
12
|
4087 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4088 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
4089 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
4090 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
4091 break;
|
|
|
4092 #endif
|
|
|
4093
|
|
477
|
4094 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
744
|
4095 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
477
|
4096 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
1872
|
4097 compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
477
|
4098 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
942
|
4099 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
477
|
4100 #endif
|
|
|
4101 break;
|
|
|
4102
|
|
7
|
4103 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
4104 /*
|
|
|
4105 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
4106 */
|
|
|
4107 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
4108 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
4109 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
4110
|
|
7
|
4111 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
4112 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
4113 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
4114 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
4115 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
4116 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
4117 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
4118 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
4119 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
4120 for (;;)
|
|
|
4121 {
|
|
464
|
4122 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
4123
|
|
1007
|
4124 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
|
|
|
4125
|
|
540
|
4126 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
4127 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
4128 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
4129 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
4130 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
4131 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
4132 else
|
|
659
|
4133 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
4134 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
4135 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
1496
|
4136 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
|
|
1007
|
4137 --msg_silent;
|
|
449
|
4138 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4139 {
|
|
667
|
4140 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
4141 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4142 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4143 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4144 }
|
|
|
4145 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
4146 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
4147 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4148 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
4149 {
|
|
|
4150 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
4151 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
4152 break;
|
|
|
4153 }
|
|
|
4154
|
|
|
4155 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
4156 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
4157 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
4158 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
4159 continue;
|
|
|
4160 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
4161 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4162 {
|
|
449
|
4163 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4164 {
|
|
|
4165 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4166 continue;
|
|
|
4167 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4168 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
4169 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4170 }
|
|
|
4171 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
4172 }
|
|
|
4173 else
|
|
|
4174 {
|
|
449
|
4175 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
4176
|
|
|
4177 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4178 {
|
|
449
|
4179 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4180 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
4181 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
4182 continue;
|
|
|
4183 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4184 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4185 }
|
|
|
4186 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
4187 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4188 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4189
|
|
449
|
4190 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4191 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4192 {
|
|
|
4193 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4194 {
|
|
|
4195 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
4196 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
4197 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
4198 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
4199 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
4200 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
4201 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4202 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4203 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4204 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4205 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
4206 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4207 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
4208 {
|
|
419
|
4209 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
4210 {
|
|
419
|
4211 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
4212 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4213 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
4214 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
4215 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
4216 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
4217 == NULL
|
|
419
|
4218 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
4219 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
4220 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4221 }
|
|
|
4222 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
4223 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
4224 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
4225 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4226 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
4227 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4228 }
|
|
|
4229 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4230 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
4231 }
|
|
449
|
4232 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4233 continue;
|
|
|
4234 }
|
|
|
4235 }
|
|
942
|
4236 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
540
|
4237 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
4238 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
4239 {
|
|
|
4240 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4241 break;
|
|
|
4242 }
|
|
|
4243 }
|
|
|
4244 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
4245 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
4246 }
|
|
540
|
4247
|
|
449
|
4248 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
1796
|
4249 * expansion added something) */
|
|
540
|
4250 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
4251 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
4254 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
4255 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4256 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
4257 {
|
|
|
4258 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4259 break;
|
|
665
|
4260 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
989
|
4261 if (type != -1)
|
|
540
|
4262 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
4263
|
|
540
|
4264 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4265 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
4266 break;
|
|
|
4267 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
4268 }
|
|
|
4269 else
|
|
|
4270 {
|
|
|
4271 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
4272 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
4273 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
4276 }
|
|
449
|
4277 }
|
|
|
4278 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4279
|
|
|
4280 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4281 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
4282 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
4285 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
4286 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
4287 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
4290 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
4291 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
724
|
4292 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
|
|
|
4293 : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
4294 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
4295 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
4296 return i;
|
|
|
4297 }
|
|
|
4298
|
|
|
4299 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
4300 static void
|
|
|
4301 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
4302 {
|
|
|
4303 int i;
|
|
|
4304
|
|
|
4305 /*
|
|
|
4306 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
4307 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
4308 */
|
|
449
|
4309 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
4310 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4311 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
4312 }
|
|
|
4313
|
|
|
4314 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
4315 static void
|
|
|
4316 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
4317 {
|
|
1782
|
4318 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
|
|
683
|
4319 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
4320 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
4321 else
|
|
|
4322 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4323 }
|
|
|
4324
|
|
|
4325 /*
|
|
|
4326 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
4327 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
4328 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
4329 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
4330 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
4331 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
4332 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
4333 *
|
|
449
|
4334 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
4335 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
4336 *
|
|
|
4337 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
4338 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
4339 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
4340 */
|
|
|
4341 static int
|
|
665
|
4342 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
4343 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
4344 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
4345 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
4346 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
4347 {
|
|
|
4348 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
4349 int i;
|
|
610
|
4350 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
4351 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
4352 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
836
|
4353 int advance;
|
|
7
|
4354
|
|
665
|
4355 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
4356 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
4357 {
|
|
|
4358 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
4359 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
681
|
4360 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4361 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
665
|
4362 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
4363 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4364 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
887
|
4365
|
|
|
4366 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
|
|
|
4367 * backward, find the last match. */
|
|
|
4368 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4369 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4370 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4371 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
|
|
|
4372 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
|
|
|
4373 {
|
|
|
4374 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4375 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4376 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
4377 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4378 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4379 }
|
|
665
|
4380 }
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
874
|
4383 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
4384 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
4385 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
4386
|
|
836
|
4387 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
|
|
|
4388 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
|
|
|
4389 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
|
|
|
4390
|
|
874
|
4391 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
|
|
|
4392 if (compl_restarting)
|
|
|
4393 {
|
|
|
4394 advance = FALSE;
|
|
|
4395 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4396 }
|
|
|
4397
|
|
610
|
4398 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
4399 * around. */
|
|
|
4400 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
4401 {
|
|
|
4402 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4403 {
|
|
|
4404 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
4405 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
4406 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
4407 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
4408 }
|
|
|
4409 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4410 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4411 {
|
|
657
|
4412 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
4413 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
4414 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
4415 }
|
|
|
4416 else
|
|
610
|
4417 {
|
|
909
|
4418 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4419 {
|
|
|
4420 if (advance)
|
|
|
4421 {
|
|
|
4422 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4423 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
|
|
|
4424 else
|
|
|
4425 compl_pending += todo + 1;
|
|
|
4426 }
|
|
|
4427 return -1;
|
|
|
4428 }
|
|
|
4429
|
|
836
|
4430 if (advance)
|
|
|
4431 {
|
|
|
4432 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4433 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4434 else
|
|
|
4435 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4436 }
|
|
657
|
4437
|
|
874
|
4438 /* Find matches. */
|
|
659
|
4439 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
909
|
4440
|
|
|
4441 /* handle any pending completions */
|
|
|
4442 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
|
|
836
|
4443 && advance)
|
|
909
|
4444 {
|
|
|
4445 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4446 {
|
|
|
4447 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4448 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4449 }
|
|
|
4450 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4451 {
|
|
|
4452 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4453 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4454 }
|
|
|
4455 else
|
|
|
4456 break;
|
|
|
4457 }
|
|
657
|
4458 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
4459 }
|
|
|
4460 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
4461 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
681
|
4462 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4463 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
657
|
4464 ++todo;
|
|
|
4465 else
|
|
|
4466 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
4467 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4468
|
|
|
4469 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
4470 if (found_end)
|
|
|
4471 {
|
|
|
4472 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
4473 {
|
|
657
|
4474 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
4475 break;
|
|
610
|
4476 }
|
|
657
|
4477 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
4478 }
|
|
7
|
4479 }
|
|
|
4480
|
|
665
|
4481 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
4482 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
4483 {
|
|
|
4484 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
4485 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
4486 else
|
|
1782
|
4487 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
665
|
4488 }
|
|
|
4489 else
|
|
|
4490 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4493 {
|
|
540
|
4494 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
4495 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4496
|
|
665
|
4497 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
4498 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
4499
|
|
540
|
4500 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
4501 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
864
|
4502 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4503 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4504 {
|
|
|
4505 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
4506 setcursor();
|
|
|
4507 out_flush();
|
|
|
4508 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4509 }
|
|
|
4510 #endif
|
|
540
|
4511
|
|
7
|
4512 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
4513 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
4514 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
4515 }
|
|
|
4516
|
|
825
|
4517 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
|
|
1219
|
4518 * menu is visible. */
|
|
825
|
4519 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
|
|
|
4520
|
|
7
|
4521 /*
|
|
|
4522 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
4523 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
4524 */
|
|
464
|
4525 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4526 {
|
|
|
4527 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
4528 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
4529 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
4530 i = 0;
|
|
|
4531 else
|
|
|
4532 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
4533 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
4534 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
4535 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
4536 }
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 return num_matches;
|
|
|
4539 }
|
|
|
4540
|
|
|
4541 /*
|
|
|
4542 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
4543 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
716
|
4544 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
4545 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
4546 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
4547 */
|
|
|
4548 void
|
|
464
|
4549 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
4550 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
4551 {
|
|
|
4552 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 int c;
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
4557 * scripts */
|
|
|
4558 if (using_script())
|
|
|
4559 return;
|
|
|
4560
|
|
|
4561 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
4562 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
4563 return;
|
|
|
4564 count = 0;
|
|
|
4565
|
|
909
|
4566 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
|
|
|
4567 * can't do its work correctly. */
|
|
7
|
4568 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
4569 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4570 {
|
|
|
4571 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
4572 {
|
|
|
4573 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
4574 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
4575 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
4576 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
4577 }
|
|
909
|
4578 else
|
|
|
4579 {
|
|
|
4580 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
|
|
1526
|
4581 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */
|
|
909
|
4582 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
1526
|
4583 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
|
4584 {
|
|
|
4585 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
|
|
|
4586 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
|
|
|
4587 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4588 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
4589
|
|
|
4590 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
4591 }
|
|
909
|
4592 }
|
|
449
|
4593 }
|
|
716
|
4594 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
|
|
909
|
4595 {
|
|
|
4596 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
|
|
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
|
4599 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
|
|
|
4600 }
|
|
610
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 /*
|
|
|
4604 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
4605 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
4606 */
|
|
|
4607 static int
|
|
|
4608 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
4609 int c;
|
|
|
4610 {
|
|
665
|
4611 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
4612 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
4613 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
4614 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
4615 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
4616 }
|
|
|
4617
|
|
|
4618 /*
|
|
644
|
4619 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
4620 * is visible.
|
|
|
4621 */
|
|
|
4622 static int
|
|
|
4623 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
4624 int c;
|
|
|
4625 {
|
|
|
4626 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
4627 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
4628 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
4629 }
|
|
|
4630
|
|
|
4631 /*
|
|
610
|
4632 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
4633 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
4634 */
|
|
|
4635 static int
|
|
|
4636 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
4637 int c;
|
|
|
4638 {
|
|
|
4639 int h;
|
|
|
4640
|
|
665
|
4641 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
4642 {
|
|
|
4643 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
4644 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
4645 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
4646 return h;
|
|
|
4647 }
|
|
|
4648 return 1;
|
|
7
|
4649 }
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 /*
|
|
681
|
4652 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
|
4653 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
|
4654 */
|
|
|
4655 static int
|
|
|
4656 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
|
4657 int c;
|
|
|
4658 {
|
|
|
4659 switch (c)
|
|
|
4660 {
|
|
|
4661 case K_UP:
|
|
|
4662 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
4663 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4664 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4665 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
4666 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
4667 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
4668 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
4669 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4670 }
|
|
|
4671 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4672 }
|
|
|
4673
|
|
|
4674 /*
|
|
7
|
4675 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
4676 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
4677 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
4678 */
|
|
|
4679 static int
|
|
|
4680 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
4681 int c;
|
|
7
|
4682 {
|
|
449
|
4683 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4684 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
4685 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
4686 int n;
|
|
7
|
4687
|
|
610
|
4688 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
4689 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4690 {
|
|
|
4691 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4694 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4695 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4696 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4697 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4698 #endif
|
|
|
4699 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4700 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4701
|
|
|
4702 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
4703 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
716
|
4704 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
7
|
4705
|
|
1430
|
4706 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
4707 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
4708 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
1430
|
4709 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
|
|
|
4710 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
|
|
|
4711 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
|
|
|
4712 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
4713 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
4714 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
4715 {
|
|
|
4716 /*
|
|
|
4717 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
4718 */
|
|
449
|
4719 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
4720 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4721 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4722 {
|
|
449
|
4723 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
4724 {
|
|
449
|
4725 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
4726 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
4727 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
4728 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
4729 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
4730 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4731 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4732 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
4733 }
|
|
|
4734 else
|
|
|
4735 {
|
|
|
4736 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
4737 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
4738 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
4739 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4740 {
|
|
449
|
4741 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4742 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
4743 line + compl_length
|
|
|
4744 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
4745 }
|
|
449
|
4746 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
4747 }
|
|
449
|
4748 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
4749 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
1796
|
4750 * have enough space? just being paranoid */
|
|
7
|
4751 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
4752 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
4753 {
|
|
449
|
4754 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4755 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
4756 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4757 }
|
|
449
|
4758 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4759 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
4760 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
4761 }
|
|
|
4762 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4763 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
4764 else
|
|
449
|
4765 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767 else
|
|
449
|
4768 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
4769
|
|
|
4770 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
4771 {
|
|
|
4772 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
4773 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
4774 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
4775 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4776 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4777 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
4778 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
4779 }
|
|
|
4780
|
|
|
4781 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4782 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4783 {
|
|
449
|
4784 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4785 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4786 {
|
|
449
|
4787 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4788 {
|
|
449
|
4789 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4790 ;
|
|
449
|
4791 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4792 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4793 }
|
|
|
4794 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4795 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4796 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4797 else
|
|
449
|
4798 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4799 compl_length);
|
|
|
4800 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4801 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4802 }
|
|
449
|
4803 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4804 {
|
|
|
4805 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4806
|
|
1872
|
4807 /* we need up to 2 extra chars for the prefix */
|
|
449
|
4808 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
1872
|
4809 compl_length) + 2);
|
|
449
|
4810 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4811 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4812 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4813 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4814 && (
|
|
|
4815 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4816 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4817 #else
|
|
449
|
4818 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4819 #endif
|
|
|
4820 )))
|
|
|
4821 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4822 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4823 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4824 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4825 }
|
|
449
|
4826 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4827 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4828 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4829 #else
|
|
449
|
4830 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4831 #endif
|
|
|
4832 )
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
|
4834 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4835 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4836 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4837 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4838 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4839 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4840 }
|
|
|
4841 else
|
|
|
4842 {
|
|
|
4843 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4844 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4845 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4846 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4847 {
|
|
|
4848 int base_class;
|
|
|
4849 int head_off;
|
|
|
4850
|
|
449
|
4851 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4852 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4853 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4854 {
|
|
449
|
4855 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4856 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4857 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4858 break;
|
|
449
|
4859 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4860 }
|
|
|
4861 }
|
|
|
4862 else
|
|
|
4863 #endif
|
|
449
|
4864 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4865 ;
|
|
449
|
4866 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4867 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4868 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4869 {
|
|
|
4870 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4871 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4872 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4873 */
|
|
449
|
4874 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4875 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4876 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4877 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4878 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4879 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4880 }
|
|
|
4881 else
|
|
|
4882 {
|
|
449
|
4883 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
1872
|
4884 compl_length) + 2);
|
|
449
|
4885 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4886 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4887 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4888 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4889 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4890 }
|
|
|
4891 }
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4894 {
|
|
835
|
4895 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
449
|
4896 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4897 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4898 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4899 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4900 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4901 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4902 else
|
|
449
|
4903 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4904 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4905 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4906 }
|
|
|
4907 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4908 {
|
|
449
|
4909 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4910 ;
|
|
449
|
4911 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4912 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4913 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4914 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4915 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4916 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4917 }
|
|
|
4918 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4919 {
|
|
449
|
4920 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4921 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4922 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4923 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4924 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4925 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4926 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
935
|
4927 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
|
|
|
4928 * "pattern not found" message. */
|
|
897
|
4929 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4930 else
|
|
935
|
4931 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4932 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4933 }
|
|
523
|
4934 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4935 {
|
|
12
|
4936 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4937 /*
|
|
502
|
4938 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4939 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4940 */
|
|
502
|
4941 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4942 int col;
|
|
502
|
4943 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4944 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4945
|
|
523
|
4946 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4947 * string */
|
|
|
4948 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4949 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4950 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4951 {
|
|
|
4952 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4953 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4954 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4955 }
|
|
452
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4958 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4959 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4960 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4961 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4962
|
|
452
|
4963 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4964 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4965 compl_col = col;
|
|
1872
|
4966 if (compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
452
|
4967 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4968
|
|
|
4969 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4970 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4971 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4972 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4973 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4974 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4975 #endif
|
|
449
|
4976 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4977 }
|
|
477
|
4978 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4979 {
|
|
744
|
4980 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
497
|
4981 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4982 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4983 else
|
|
|
4984 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4985 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
897
|
4986 {
|
|
|
4987 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4988 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4989 }
|
|
|
4990 else
|
|
|
4991 {
|
|
|
4992 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
|
4993 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4994 }
|
|
818
|
4995 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4996 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
477
|
4997 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4998 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4999 #endif
|
|
|
5000 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5001 }
|
|
449
|
5002 else
|
|
|
5003 {
|
|
|
5004 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
5005 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5006 }
|
|
|
5007
|
|
|
5008 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
5009 {
|
|
|
5010 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
5011 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
5012 {
|
|
|
5013 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
5014 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5015 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
5016
|
|
|
5017 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5018 #endif
|
|
449
|
5019 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5020 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
5021 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
5022 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5023 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
5024 #endif
|
|
449
|
5025 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
5026 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
5027 }
|
|
|
5028 }
|
|
|
5029 else
|
|
|
5030 {
|
|
|
5031 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
5032 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
5033 }
|
|
|
5034
|
|
|
5035 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
5036 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
5037 else
|
|
|
5038 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
5039
|
|
694
|
5040 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
|
5041 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
449
|
5042 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
5043 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
5044 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
449
|
5045 {
|
|
|
5046 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
5047 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
5048 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
5049 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5050 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5051 }
|
|
|
5052
|
|
|
5053 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
5054 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
5055 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
5056 */
|
|
|
5057 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
5058 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5059 showmode();
|
|
|
5060 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
5061 out_flush();
|
|
|
5062 }
|
|
|
5063
|
|
449
|
5064 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
5065 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
5066
|
|
|
5067 /*
|
|
665
|
5068 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
5069 */
|
|
681
|
5070 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
|
449
|
5071
|
|
540
|
5072 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
5073 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
5074
|
|
449
|
5075 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
5076 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
5077 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
5078 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
857
|
5079
|
|
|
5080 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
|
|
|
5081 * mode. */
|
|
7
|
5082 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
5083 {
|
|
|
5084 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
5085 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
5086 }
|
|
|
5087
|
|
449
|
5088 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
5089 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
5090 {
|
|
|
5091 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
5092 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
5093 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
5094 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
5095 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
5096 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
5097 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
5098 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
5099 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
5100 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
5101 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
5102 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
5103 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
5104 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
5105 }
|
|
|
5106
|
|
464
|
5107 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
5108 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5109 else
|
|
449
|
5110 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5111
|
|
|
5112 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
5113 {
|
|
464
|
5114 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
5115 {
|
|
|
5116 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
5117 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
5118 }
|
|
449
|
5119 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
5120 {
|
|
|
5121 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
5122 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5123 }
|
|
464
|
5124 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
5125 {
|
|
|
5126 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
5127 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5128 }
|
|
|
5129 else
|
|
|
5130 {
|
|
|
5131 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
5132 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
5133 {
|
|
464
|
5134 int number = 0;
|
|
|
5135 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
5136
|
|
449
|
5137 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
5138 {
|
|
|
5139 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
5140 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
5141 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5142 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
5143 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5144 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5145 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5146 {
|
|
464
|
5147 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5148 break;
|
|
|
5149 }
|
|
|
5150 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5151 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
5152 * yet */
|
|
540
|
5153 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
5154 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
5155 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5156 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5157 }
|
|
|
5158 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
5159 {
|
|
|
5160 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
5161 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
5162 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5163 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
5164 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5165 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5166 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5167 {
|
|
464
|
5168 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5169 break;
|
|
|
5170 }
|
|
|
5171 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5172 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
5173 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
5174 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
5175 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
5176 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5177 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5178 }
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180
|
|
540
|
5181 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
5182 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
5183 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5184 {
|
|
1063
|
5185 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
|
|
|
5186 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
|
|
|
5187 static char_u match_ref[81];
|
|
7
|
5188
|
|
449
|
5189 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
1063
|
5190 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5191 _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
5192 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
5193 else
|
|
1063
|
5194 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5195 _("match %d"),
|
|
|
5196 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
7
|
5197 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
5198 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
5199 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
5200 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
5201 }
|
|
|
5202 }
|
|
|
5203 }
|
|
|
5204
|
|
|
5205 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
5206 showmode();
|
|
|
5207 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
5208 {
|
|
|
5209 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
5210 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
5211 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
5212 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
5213 }
|
|
|
5214 else
|
|
|
5215 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
5216
|
|
857
|
5217 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
|
|
|
5218 if (!compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
5219 {
|
|
|
5220 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
|
|
|
5221 n = RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
5222 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
|
|
|
5223 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
5224 setcursor();
|
|
|
5225 RedrawingDisabled = n;
|
|
|
5226 }
|
|
874
|
5227 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
|
|
857
|
5228 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
5229
|
|
7
|
5230 return OK;
|
|
|
5231 }
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 /*
|
|
|
5234 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
5235 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
5236 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
5237 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
5238 */
|
|
1872
|
5239 static unsigned
|
|
7
|
5240 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
5241 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
5242 char_u *src;
|
|
|
5243 int len;
|
|
|
5244 {
|
|
1872
|
5245 unsigned m = (unsigned)len + 1; /* one extra for the NUL */
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 for ( ; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
7
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 switch (*src)
|
|
|
5250 {
|
|
|
5251 case '.':
|
|
|
5252 case '*':
|
|
|
5253 case '[':
|
|
|
5254 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5255 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5256 break;
|
|
|
5257 case '~':
|
|
|
5258 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
5259 break;
|
|
|
5260 case '\\':
|
|
|
5261 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5262 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5263 break;
|
|
|
5264 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
5265 case '$':
|
|
|
5266 m++;
|
|
|
5267 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5268 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
5269 break;
|
|
|
5270 }
|
|
|
5271 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5272 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
5273 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
5274 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
5275 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5276 {
|
|
|
5277 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
5278
|
|
474
|
5279 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5280 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
5281 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5282 {
|
|
|
5283 --len;
|
|
|
5284 ++src;
|
|
|
5285 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5286 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
5287 }
|
|
|
5288 }
|
|
464
|
5289 # endif
|
|
7
|
5290 }
|
|
|
5291 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5292 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 return m;
|
|
|
5295 }
|
|
|
5296 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
5297
|
|
|
5298 /*
|
|
|
5299 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
5300 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
5301 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
5302 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
5303 */
|
|
|
5304 int
|
|
|
5305 get_literal()
|
|
|
5306 {
|
|
|
5307 int cc;
|
|
|
5308 int nc;
|
|
|
5309 int i;
|
|
|
5310 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
5311 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5312 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5313 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
5314 #endif
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316 if (got_int)
|
|
|
5317 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5320 /*
|
|
|
5321 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
5322 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
5323 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
5324 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
5325 */
|
|
|
5326 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5327 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
5328 #endif
|
|
|
5329 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5330 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5331 #endif
|
|
|
5332 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
5333 cc = 0;
|
|
|
5334 i = 0;
|
|
|
5335 for (;;)
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
1389
|
5337 nc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
5338 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5339 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
5340 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5341 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
5342 # endif
|
|
|
5343 )
|
|
|
5344 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
5345 #endif
|
|
|
5346 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
5347 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
5348 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
5349 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5350 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5351 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
5352 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
5353 #endif
|
|
|
5354 else
|
|
|
5355 {
|
|
|
5356 if (hex
|
|
|
5357 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5358 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
5359 #endif
|
|
|
5360 )
|
|
|
5361 {
|
|
|
5362 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
5363 break;
|
|
|
5364 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366 else if (octal)
|
|
|
5367 {
|
|
|
5368 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
5369 break;
|
|
|
5370 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5371 }
|
|
|
5372 else
|
|
|
5373 {
|
|
|
5374 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
5375 break;
|
|
|
5376 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5377 }
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 ++i;
|
|
|
5380 }
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
5383 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5384 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
5385 #endif
|
|
|
5386 )
|
|
|
5387 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
5388 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
5391 {
|
|
|
5392 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
5393 break;
|
|
|
5394 }
|
|
|
5395 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5396 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
5397 {
|
|
|
5398 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
5399 break;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401 #endif
|
|
|
5402 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
5403 break;
|
|
|
5404 }
|
|
|
5405 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
5406 {
|
|
|
5407 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
5410 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5411 }
|
|
|
5412 else
|
|
|
5413 {
|
|
|
5414 cc = nc;
|
|
|
5415 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417 }
|
|
|
5418
|
|
|
5419 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5420 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
5421 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5422 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
5423 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
5424 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
5425 #endif
|
|
7
|
5426
|
|
|
5427 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
5428 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5429 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5430 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
5431 #endif
|
|
|
5432 if (nc)
|
|
|
5433 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
5434 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
5435 return cc;
|
|
|
5436 }
|
|
|
5437
|
|
|
5438 /*
|
|
|
5439 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
5440 */
|
|
|
5441 static void
|
|
|
5442 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
5443 int c;
|
|
|
5444 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
5445 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
5446 {
|
|
|
5447 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5448 int len;
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 /*
|
|
|
5451 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
5452 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
5453 * mode.
|
|
|
5454 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
5455 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
5456 */
|
|
|
5457 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5458 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
5459 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
5460 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
5461 #endif
|
|
|
5462 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
5463 {
|
|
|
5464 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
5465 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5466 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
5467 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
5468 {
|
|
|
5469 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5470 return;
|
|
|
5471 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5472 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
5473 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
5474 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476 }
|
|
|
5477 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
5478 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
5479 }
|
|
|
5480
|
|
|
5481 /*
|
|
|
5482 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
5483 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
5484 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
5485 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
5486 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
5487 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
5488 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
5489 */
|
|
|
5490 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5491 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5492 #else
|
|
|
5493 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5494 #endif
|
|
|
5495
|
|
|
5496 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5497 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
5498 #else
|
|
|
5499 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
5500 #endif
|
|
|
5501
|
|
|
5502 void
|
|
|
5503 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
5504 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
5505 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
5506 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
5507 {
|
|
|
5508 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5509 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5510 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
5511 #endif
|
|
7
|
5512 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
5513
|
|
|
5514 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
5515 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 /*
|
|
|
5518 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
5519 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
5520 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
5521 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
5522 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
5523 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
5524 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
5525 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5526 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
5527 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
5528 * before the insert.
|
|
|
5529 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
5530 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
5531 */
|
|
667
|
5532 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
5533 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5534 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
5535 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5536 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5537 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5538 #endif
|
|
|
5539 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5540 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5541 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
5542 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5543 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
5544 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
5545 ))))))
|
|
|
5546 {
|
|
667
|
5547 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
5548 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
5549 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
1000
|
5550 int do_internal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5551
|
|
1563
|
5552 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0)
|
|
1000
|
5553 {
|
|
|
5554 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
|
|
|
5555 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
|
|
|
5556 * was called. */
|
|
|
5557 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559 if (do_internal)
|
|
667
|
5560 #endif
|
|
2004
|
5561 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL, c);
|
|
667
|
5562 }
|
|
|
5563
|
|
7
|
5564 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
5565 return;
|
|
|
5566
|
|
|
5567 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5568 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
5569 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5570 {
|
|
|
5571 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5572 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5573 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
5574 int i;
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /*
|
|
|
5577 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
5578 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
5579 */
|
|
|
5580 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
5581 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
5582 {
|
|
|
5583 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5584 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
5585 ++p;
|
|
|
5586 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5587 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
5588 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
5589 --middle_len;
|
|
|
5590
|
|
|
5591 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
5592 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
5593 ++p;
|
|
|
5594 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5595
|
|
|
5596 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
5597 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5598 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
5599 ;
|
|
|
5600 i++;
|
|
|
5601
|
|
|
5602 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
5603 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
5604
|
|
|
5605 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
5606 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5607 {
|
|
|
5608 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
5609 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
5610
|
|
|
5611 /*
|
|
|
5612 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
5613 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
5614 */
|
|
|
5615 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
5616 }
|
|
|
5617 }
|
|
|
5618 }
|
|
|
5619 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
5620 #endif
|
|
|
5621
|
|
|
5622 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5623 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5624 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5625 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5626 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5627 #endif
|
|
|
5628
|
|
|
5629 /*
|
|
|
5630 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
5631 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
5632 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
5633 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
5634 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
5635 */
|
|
|
5636 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5637 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5638 #endif
|
|
|
5639
|
|
|
5640 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5641 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5642 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5643 #endif
|
|
|
5644 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
5645 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5646 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5647 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
5648 #endif
|
|
|
5649 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5650 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5651 #endif
|
|
|
5652 )
|
|
|
5653 {
|
|
|
5654 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5655 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5656 int i;
|
|
|
5657 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5658
|
|
|
5659 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5660 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
5661 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
5662 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5663 /*
|
|
|
5664 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5665 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5666 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5667 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5668 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5669 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5670 */
|
|
|
5671 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5672 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5673 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5674 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5675 #endif
|
|
|
5676 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5677 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5678 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5679 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5680 {
|
|
|
5681 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5682 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5683 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5684 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5685 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5686 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5687 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5688 # endif
|
|
|
5689 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5690 #else
|
|
|
5691 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5692 #endif
|
|
|
5693 }
|
|
|
5694
|
|
|
5695 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5696 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5697 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5698 #endif
|
|
|
5699 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5700 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5701 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5702 {
|
|
|
5703 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5704 i = 1;
|
|
|
5705 }
|
|
|
5706 else
|
|
|
5707 i = 0;
|
|
|
5708 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5709 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5710 }
|
|
|
5711 else
|
|
|
5712 {
|
|
|
5713 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
5714 int cc;
|
|
|
5715
|
|
7
|
5716 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5717 {
|
|
|
5718 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5721 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5722 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5723 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5724 }
|
|
|
5725 else
|
|
|
5726 #endif
|
|
|
5727 {
|
|
|
5728 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5729 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5730 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5731 else
|
|
|
5732 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5733 }
|
|
|
5734 }
|
|
|
5735 }
|
|
|
5736
|
|
|
5737 /*
|
|
667
|
5738 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
5739 */
|
|
|
5740 static void
|
|
2004
|
5741 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only, c)
|
|
667
|
5742 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5743 int second_indent;
|
|
|
5744 int flags;
|
|
|
5745 int format_only;
|
|
2004
|
5746 int c; /* character to be inserted (can be NUL) */
|
|
667
|
5747 {
|
|
|
5748 int cc;
|
|
|
5749 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
5750 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5751 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5752 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5753 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
5754 #endif
|
|
|
5755 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
5756 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
5757 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5758 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
5759 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
5760 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
5761 #endif
|
|
|
5762
|
|
|
5763 /*
|
|
|
5764 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
5765 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
5766 */
|
|
2004
|
5767 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
5768 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5769 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5770 #endif
|
|
|
5771 )
|
|
667
|
5772 {
|
|
|
5773 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5774 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5775 {
|
|
|
5776 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
5777 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
5778 }
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780
|
|
|
5781 /*
|
|
|
5782 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
5783 */
|
|
|
5784 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
5785 {
|
|
|
5786 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
5787 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
5788 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
5789 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
5790 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5791 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
5792 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5793 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
5794 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
5795 #endif
|
|
|
5796 colnr_T col;
|
|
2004
|
5797 colnr_T end_col;
|
|
|
5798
|
|
|
5799 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
5800 + char2cells(c != NUL ? c : gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
5801 if (virtcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
667
|
5802 break;
|
|
|
5803
|
|
|
5804 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5805 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
5806 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
5807 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5808 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
5809 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
5810
|
|
|
5811 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5812 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
5813 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5814 else
|
|
|
5815 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5818 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5819 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5820 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5821 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5822 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5823 #endif
|
|
|
5824 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5825 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5826 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5827 #endif
|
|
|
5828 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 {
|
|
|
5831 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5832 break;
|
|
|
5833 }
|
|
|
5834 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5835 break;
|
|
|
5836
|
|
|
5837 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5838 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5839 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5840
|
|
2004
|
5841 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
667
|
5842 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 /*
|
|
|
5845 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5846 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5847 */
|
|
|
5848 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5849 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5850 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5851 {
|
|
2004
|
5852 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == startcol && c != NUL)
|
|
|
5853 cc = c;
|
|
|
5854 else
|
|
|
5855 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
667
|
5856 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5857 {
|
|
|
5858 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
2004
|
5859 end_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
667
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5862 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5863 {
|
|
|
5864 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5865 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5866 }
|
|
|
5867 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5868 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5869 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5870 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5871 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5872 break;
|
|
|
5873 #endif
|
|
|
5874 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5875 {
|
|
|
5876 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5877 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5878 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
2004
|
5879 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5880 /* do not break "#a b" when 'tw' is 2 */
|
|
|
5881 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= leader_len)
|
|
|
5882 break;
|
|
|
5883 #endif
|
|
667
|
5884 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5885 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5886 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5887
|
|
|
5888 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5889 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5890 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5891 }
|
|
2004
|
5892
|
|
|
5893 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5894
|
|
|
5895 end_foundcol = end_col + 1;
|
|
|
5896 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5897 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
667
|
5898 break;
|
|
|
5899 }
|
|
|
5900 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
2004
|
5901 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte)
|
|
667
|
5902 {
|
|
|
5903 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
2004
|
5904 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != startcol)
|
|
|
5905 {
|
|
|
5906 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5907 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5908 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5909 break;
|
|
|
5910 #endif
|
|
|
5911 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5912 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5913 /* Don't change end_foundcol if already set. */
|
|
|
5914 if (foundcol != curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
5915 {
|
|
|
5916 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5917 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5918 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5919 break;
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5922 }
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5925 break;
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5928
|
|
|
5929 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5930 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5931
|
|
|
5932 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5933 continue; /* break with space */
|
|
|
5934 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5935 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5936 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5937 break;
|
|
|
5938 #endif
|
|
|
5939
|
|
|
5940 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5941
|
|
667
|
5942 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5943 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
2004
|
5944 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5945 break;
|
|
667
|
5946 }
|
|
|
5947 #endif
|
|
|
5948 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5949 break;
|
|
|
5950 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5951 }
|
|
|
5952
|
|
|
5953 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5954 {
|
|
|
5955 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5956 break;
|
|
|
5957 }
|
|
|
5958
|
|
|
5959 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5960 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5961
|
|
|
5962 /*
|
|
|
5963 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5964 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5965 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5966 */
|
|
|
5967 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5968 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5969 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5970 else
|
|
|
5971 #endif
|
|
2004
|
5972 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol;
|
|
667
|
5973
|
|
|
5974 /*
|
|
|
5975 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5976 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5977 */
|
|
|
5978 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
2004
|
5979 while ((cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5980 && (!fo_white_par || curwin->w_cursor.col < startcol))
|
|
667
|
5981 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5982 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5983 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5984 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5985
|
|
|
5986 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5987 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5988 {
|
|
|
5989 /*
|
|
|
5990 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5991 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5992 */
|
|
|
5993 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5994 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5995 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5996 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5997 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5998
|
|
|
5999 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
6000 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
6001 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
6002 }
|
|
|
6003 else
|
|
|
6004 #endif
|
|
|
6005 {
|
|
|
6006 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
6007 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
6008 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
6009 }
|
|
|
6010
|
|
|
6011 /*
|
|
|
6012 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
6013 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
6014 */
|
|
|
6015 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
6016 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
6017 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6018 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
6019 #endif
|
|
|
6020 , old_indent);
|
|
|
6021 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
6022
|
|
|
6023 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6024 if (first_line)
|
|
|
6025 {
|
|
|
6026 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
6027 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
6028 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
6029 {
|
|
|
6030 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6031 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1516
|
6032 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
667
|
6033 else
|
|
|
6034 #endif
|
|
|
6035 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
6036 }
|
|
|
6037 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
6038 }
|
|
|
6039
|
|
|
6040 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6041 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6042 {
|
|
|
6043 /*
|
|
|
6044 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
6045 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
6046 */
|
|
|
6047 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
6048 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
6049 }
|
|
|
6050 else
|
|
|
6051 #endif
|
|
|
6052 {
|
|
|
6053 /*
|
|
|
6054 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
6055 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
6056 */
|
|
|
6057 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
6058 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6059 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
6060 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
6061 }
|
|
|
6062
|
|
|
6063 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6064 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6065 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6066 #endif
|
|
|
6067 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
6068 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6069 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6070 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6071 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6072 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6073 #endif
|
|
|
6074 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6075 }
|
|
|
6076
|
|
|
6077 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
6078 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
6079
|
|
|
6080 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
6081 {
|
|
|
6082 update_topline();
|
|
|
6083 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
6084 }
|
|
|
6085 }
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 /*
|
|
7
|
6088 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
6089 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
6090 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
6091 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
6092 * saved here.
|
|
|
6093 */
|
|
|
6094 void
|
|
|
6095 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
6096 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
6097 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
6098 {
|
|
|
6099 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
6100 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
6101 char_u *old;
|
|
|
6102 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
6103 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
6104 int cc;
|
|
7
|
6105
|
|
|
6106 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
6107 return;
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6110 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6111
|
|
|
6112 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
6113 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
6114
|
|
|
6115 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
6116 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
6117 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
6118 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
6119 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
1872
|
6120 wasatend = (pos.col == (colnr_T)STRLEN(old));
|
|
7
|
6121 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
6122 {
|
|
|
6123 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6124 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6125 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
6126 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
6127 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6128 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6129 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6130 {
|
|
|
6131 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6132 return;
|
|
|
6133 }
|
|
|
6134 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6135 }
|
|
|
6136
|
|
|
6137 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6138 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
6139 * comments. */
|
|
|
6140 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
6141 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
6142 return;
|
|
|
6143 #endif
|
|
|
6144
|
|
|
6145 /*
|
|
|
6146 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
6147 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
6148 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
6149 */
|
|
|
6150 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6151 {
|
|
|
6152 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6153 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6154 return;
|
|
|
6155 }
|
|
|
6156
|
|
|
6157 /*
|
|
|
6158 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
6159 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
6160 */
|
|
|
6161 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
1563
|
6162 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6163 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
6164 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6165
|
|
|
6166 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6167 {
|
|
|
6168 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
6169 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6170 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6171 }
|
|
|
6172 else
|
|
|
6173 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
6174
|
|
|
6175 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
6176 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
6177 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
6178 * formatted. */
|
|
|
6179 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6180 {
|
|
|
6181 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
835
|
6182 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
|
|
7
|
6183 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
6184 {
|
|
|
6185 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
6186 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
6187 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6188 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
6189 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
6190 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
6191 }
|
|
|
6192 else
|
|
|
6193 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
6194 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
6195 }
|
|
|
6196
|
|
|
6197 check_cursor();
|
|
|
6198 }
|
|
|
6199
|
|
|
6200 /*
|
|
|
6201 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
6202 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
6203 * position.
|
|
|
6204 */
|
|
|
6205 static void
|
|
|
6206 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
6207 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
6208 {
|
|
|
6209 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
6210 int cc;
|
|
7
|
6211
|
|
|
6212 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
6213 {
|
|
301
|
6214 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6215 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6216 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
6217 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6218 else
|
|
|
6219 {
|
|
|
6220 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
6221 {
|
|
|
6222 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6223 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6224 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6225 }
|
|
|
6226 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6227 {
|
|
|
6228 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
6229 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6230 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6231 }
|
|
|
6232 }
|
|
|
6233 }
|
|
|
6234 }
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 /*
|
|
|
6237 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
6238 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
6239 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
6240 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
6241 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
6242 */
|
|
|
6243 int
|
|
|
6244 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
867
|
6245 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
|
|
7
|
6246 {
|
|
|
6247 int textwidth;
|
|
|
6248
|
|
|
6249 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
6250 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
6251 {
|
|
|
6252 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
6253 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
6254 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
6255 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
6256 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
6257 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6258 #endif
|
|
|
6259 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6260 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
6261 #endif
|
|
|
6262 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
6263 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
6264 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
6265 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
6266 # endif
|
|
|
6267 )
|
|
|
6268 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6269 #endif
|
|
|
6270 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
6271 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
6272 }
|
|
|
6273 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
6274 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
6275 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
6276 {
|
|
|
6277 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
6278 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
6279 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
6280 }
|
|
|
6281 return textwidth;
|
|
|
6282 }
|
|
|
6283
|
|
|
6284 /*
|
|
|
6285 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
6286 */
|
|
|
6287 static void
|
|
|
6288 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
6289 int c;
|
|
|
6290 {
|
|
|
6291 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
6292
|
|
|
6293 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
6294 * three digits. */
|
|
|
6295 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
6296 {
|
|
1872
|
6297 vim_snprintf((char *)buf, sizeof(buf), "%03d", c);
|
|
7
|
6298 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
6299 }
|
|
|
6300 else
|
|
|
6301 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6302 }
|
|
|
6303
|
|
|
6304 /*
|
|
|
6305 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
6306 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
6307 */
|
|
|
6308 static void
|
|
|
6309 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
840
|
6310 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
|
|
7
|
6311 {
|
|
|
6312 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
6313 {
|
|
|
6314 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
6315 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
6316 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
6317 }
|
|
744
|
6318 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6319 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6320 #endif
|
|
7
|
6321 }
|
|
|
6322
|
|
744
|
6323 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6324 /*
|
|
|
6325 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
6326 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
6327 */
|
|
|
6328 static void
|
|
|
6329 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
6330 {
|
|
|
6331 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
6332 {
|
|
|
6333 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
6334
|
|
|
6335 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6336 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
6337 }
|
|
|
6338 }
|
|
484
|
6339
|
|
|
6340 /*
|
|
|
6341 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
6342 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
6343 */
|
|
|
6344 static void
|
|
|
6345 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
6346 {
|
|
|
6347 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6348
|
|
499
|
6349 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
6350 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
6351 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6352 }
|
|
221
|
6353 #endif
|
|
|
6354
|
|
7
|
6355 /*
|
|
|
6356 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
6357 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
6358 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
6359 */
|
|
|
6360 int
|
|
|
6361 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
6362 {
|
|
|
6363 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
6364 {
|
|
|
6365 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6366 {
|
|
|
6367 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
6368 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6369 }
|
|
|
6370 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
1869
|
6371 Insstart_textlen = (colnr_T)linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
7
|
6372 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
6373 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6374 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6375 {
|
|
|
6376 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6377 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
6378 }
|
|
|
6379 #endif
|
|
|
6380 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
6381 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
6382 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
6383 }
|
|
|
6384 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
6385 {
|
|
|
6386 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6387 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6388 }
|
|
|
6389
|
|
|
6390 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6391 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
6392 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6393 #endif
|
|
|
6394
|
|
|
6395 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
6396 }
|
|
|
6397
|
|
|
6398 /*
|
|
840
|
6399 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
|
|
|
6400 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
|
|
|
6401 * to another window/buffer.
|
|
7
|
6402 */
|
|
|
6403 static void
|
|
|
6404 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
840
|
6405 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
603
|
6406 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
6407 {
|
|
603
|
6408 int cc;
|
|
|
6409 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
6410
|
|
|
6411 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6412 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
6413
|
|
|
6414 /*
|
|
603
|
6415 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
6416 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
6417 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
6418 */
|
|
603
|
6419 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
6420 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
6421 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
6422 {
|
|
|
6423 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6424 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
6425 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6426 }
|
|
|
6427 else
|
|
|
6428 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6429
|
|
840
|
6430 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
6431 {
|
|
|
6432 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
6433 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
6434 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
6435 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
6436 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
6437 {
|
|
10
|
6438 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6439
|
|
7
|
6440 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
6441 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
6442 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
6443 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
6444 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6445 {
|
|
|
6446 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6447 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6448 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
6449 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
6450 }
|
|
|
6451
|
|
|
6452 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6453
|
|
10
|
6454 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6455 {
|
|
|
6456 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6457 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6458 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6459 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
6460 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
6461 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6462 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
6463 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
6464 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
6465 #endif
|
|
|
6466 }
|
|
7
|
6467 }
|
|
|
6468
|
|
|
6469 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
6470 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
6471
|
|
|
6472 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
6473 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
1892
|
6474 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down.
|
|
|
6475 * Check for the old position still being valid, just in case the text
|
|
|
6476 * got changed unexpectedly. */
|
|
10
|
6477 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
1892
|
6478 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum))
|
|
|
6479 && end_insert_pos->lnum <= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
7
|
6480 {
|
|
10
|
6481 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
1892
|
6484 check_cursor_col(); /* make sure it is not past the line */
|
|
786
|
6485 for (;;)
|
|
|
6486 {
|
|
|
6487 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
6488 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6489 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6490 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6491 break;
|
|
1892
|
6492 if (del_char(TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
6493 break; /* should not happen */
|
|
786
|
6494 }
|
|
10
|
6495 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
6496 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
6497 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
6498 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
6499
|
|
|
6500 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6501 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
6502 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
6503 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
6504 {
|
|
1872
|
6505 int len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6506
|
|
|
6507 if (VIsual.col > len)
|
|
7
|
6508 {
|
|
1872
|
6509 VIsual.col = len;
|
|
7
|
6510 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6511 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6512 # endif
|
|
|
6513 }
|
|
|
6514 }
|
|
|
6515 #endif
|
|
|
6516 }
|
|
|
6517 }
|
|
|
6518 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6519 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6520 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6521 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6522 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6523 #endif
|
|
|
6524
|
|
840
|
6525 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
|
|
|
6526 * now in a different buffer. */
|
|
|
6527 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
|
6528 {
|
|
|
6529 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
6530 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
6531 }
|
|
7
|
6532 }
|
|
|
6533
|
|
|
6534 /*
|
|
|
6535 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
6536 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
6537 */
|
|
|
6538 void
|
|
|
6539 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
6540 int c;
|
|
|
6541 {
|
|
|
6542 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6543
|
|
|
6544 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6545 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6546 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
6547 #else
|
|
|
6548 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
6549 #endif
|
|
|
6550 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
6551 {
|
|
|
6552 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
6553 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
6554 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
6555 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
6556 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
6557 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
6558 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
6559 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
6560 }
|
|
|
6561 }
|
|
|
6562
|
|
359
|
6563 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6564 void
|
|
|
6565 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
6566 {
|
|
|
6567 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6568 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6569 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
694
|
6570 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
6571 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6572 # endif
|
|
359
|
6573 }
|
|
|
6574 #endif
|
|
|
6575
|
|
7
|
6576 /*
|
|
|
6577 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
6578 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
6579 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
6580 */
|
|
|
6581 char_u *
|
|
|
6582 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
6583 int c;
|
|
|
6584 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6585 {
|
|
|
6586 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6587 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6588 int i;
|
|
|
6589 int len;
|
|
|
6590
|
|
|
6591 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
6592 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
6593 {
|
|
|
6594 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
6595 #endif
|
|
|
6596 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
6597 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
6598 {
|
|
|
6599 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6600 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6601 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
6602 }
|
|
|
6603 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6604 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
6605 {
|
|
|
6606 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
6607 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
6608 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
6609 }
|
|
|
6610 #endif
|
|
|
6611 else
|
|
|
6612 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
6613 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6614 }
|
|
|
6615 #endif
|
|
|
6616 return s;
|
|
|
6617 }
|
|
|
6618
|
|
|
6619 /*
|
|
|
6620 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
6621 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
6622 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
6623 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
6624 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
6625 */
|
|
|
6626 void
|
|
|
6627 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
6628 int flags;
|
|
|
6629 {
|
|
|
6630 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
6631 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6632 else
|
|
|
6633 {
|
|
|
6634 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6635 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6636 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6637 #endif
|
|
|
6638
|
|
|
6639 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
6640 {
|
|
|
6641 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6642
|
|
|
6643 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
6644 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
6645 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6646 }
|
|
|
6647 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6648 }
|
|
|
6649 }
|
|
|
6650
|
|
|
6651 /*
|
|
|
6652 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
6653 *
|
|
|
6654 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
773
|
6655 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
|
|
7
|
6656 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
6657 */
|
|
|
6658
|
|
|
6659 int
|
|
|
6660 oneright()
|
|
|
6661 {
|
|
|
6662 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6663 int l;
|
|
|
6664
|
|
|
6665 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6666 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6667 {
|
|
|
6668 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
6671 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6672 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
773
|
6673 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
6674 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
773
|
6675 # else
|
|
7
|
6676 *ptr
|
|
773
|
6677 # endif
|
|
7
|
6678 ))
|
|
|
6679 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
6680 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6681 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
6682 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6683 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
6684 }
|
|
|
6685 #endif
|
|
|
6686
|
|
|
6687 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
773
|
6688 if (*ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
6689 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
|
|
|
6690
|
|
7
|
6691 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
773
|
6692 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6693 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6694 else
|
|
|
6695 #endif
|
|
773
|
6696 l = 1;
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
|
|
|
6699 * contains "onemore". */
|
|
|
6700 if (ptr[l] == NUL
|
|
|
6701 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6702 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
6703 #endif
|
|
|
6704 )
|
|
|
6705 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6706 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
7
|
6707
|
|
|
6708 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6709 return OK;
|
|
|
6710 }
|
|
|
6711
|
|
|
6712 int
|
|
|
6713 oneleft()
|
|
|
6714 {
|
|
|
6715 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6716 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6717 {
|
|
|
6718 int width;
|
|
|
6719 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
6720
|
|
|
6721 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
6722 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6723
|
|
|
6724 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
6725 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
6726 width = 1;
|
|
|
6727 for (;;)
|
|
|
6728 {
|
|
|
6729 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
6730 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
6731 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
6732 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
6733 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6734 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
6735 # endif
|
|
|
6736 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
6737 break;
|
|
|
6738 ++width;
|
|
|
6739 }
|
|
|
6740 # else
|
|
|
6741 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
6742 # endif
|
|
|
6743
|
|
|
6744 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
6745 {
|
|
|
6746 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6747
|
|
|
6748 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
6749 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6750 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
6751 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6752 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
6753 # else
|
|
|
6754 *ptr
|
|
|
6755 # endif
|
|
|
6756 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
6757 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6758 }
|
|
|
6759
|
|
|
6760 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6761 return OK;
|
|
|
6762 }
|
|
|
6763 #endif
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6766 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6767
|
|
|
6768 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6769 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6770
|
|
|
6771 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6772 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
6773 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
6774 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6775 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6776 #endif
|
|
|
6777 return OK;
|
|
|
6778 }
|
|
|
6779
|
|
|
6780 int
|
|
|
6781 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6782 long n;
|
|
|
6783 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6784 {
|
|
|
6785 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6788 {
|
|
|
6789 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
6790 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
6791 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6792 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6793 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6794 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
6795 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6796 else
|
|
|
6797 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6798 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6799 {
|
|
|
6800 /*
|
|
|
6801 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
6802 */
|
|
|
6803 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
6804 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6805
|
|
|
6806 while (n--)
|
|
|
6807 {
|
|
|
6808 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
6809 --lnum;
|
|
|
6810 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
6811 break;
|
|
|
6812 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
6813 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
6814 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
6815 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
6816 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6817 }
|
|
|
6818 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
6819 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6820 }
|
|
|
6821 else
|
|
|
6822 #endif
|
|
|
6823 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
6824 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826
|
|
|
6827 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6828 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6829
|
|
|
6830 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6831 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6832
|
|
|
6833 return OK;
|
|
|
6834 }
|
|
|
6835
|
|
|
6836 /*
|
|
|
6837 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
6838 */
|
|
|
6839 int
|
|
|
6840 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6841 long n;
|
|
|
6842 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6843 {
|
|
|
6844 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6845
|
|
|
6846 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6847 {
|
|
|
6848 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6849 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6850 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
6851 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
6852 #endif
|
|
161
|
6853 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
6854 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6855 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6856 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6857 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6858 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6859 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6860 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6861 else
|
|
|
6862 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6863 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6864 {
|
|
|
6865 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
6866
|
|
|
6867 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
6868 while (n--)
|
|
|
6869 {
|
|
|
6870 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
6871 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
6872 else
|
|
|
6873 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6874 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6875 break;
|
|
|
6876 }
|
|
|
6877 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6878 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6879 }
|
|
|
6880 else
|
|
|
6881 #endif
|
|
|
6882 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6883 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6884 }
|
|
|
6885
|
|
|
6886 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6887 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6888
|
|
|
6889 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6890 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6891
|
|
|
6892 return OK;
|
|
|
6893 }
|
|
|
6894
|
|
|
6895 /*
|
|
|
6896 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6897 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6898 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6899 */
|
|
|
6900 int
|
|
|
6901 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6902 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6903 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6904 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6905 {
|
|
|
6906 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6907 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6908 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6909 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6910
|
|
|
6911 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6912 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6913 {
|
|
|
6914 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6915 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6916 }
|
|
|
6917
|
|
|
6918 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6919 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6920 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6921 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6922 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6925 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6926 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6927 */
|
|
|
6928 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6929 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6930 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6931 {
|
|
|
6932 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6933 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6934 }
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 do
|
|
|
6937 {
|
|
|
6938 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6939 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6940 if (last)
|
|
|
6941 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6942 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6943 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6944 }
|
|
|
6945 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6946
|
|
|
6947 if (last)
|
|
|
6948 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6949
|
|
|
6950 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6951 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6952
|
|
|
6953 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6954 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6955 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6956
|
|
|
6957 return OK;
|
|
|
6958 }
|
|
|
6959
|
|
|
6960 char_u *
|
|
|
6961 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6962 {
|
|
|
6963 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6964 return NULL;
|
|
|
6965 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6966 }
|
|
|
6967
|
|
|
6968 /*
|
|
|
6969 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6970 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6971 */
|
|
|
6972 char_u *
|
|
|
6973 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6974 {
|
|
|
6975 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6976 int len;
|
|
|
6977
|
|
|
6978 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6979 return NULL;
|
|
|
6980 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6981 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6982 {
|
|
|
6983 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6984 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6985 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6986 }
|
|
|
6987 return s;
|
|
|
6988 }
|
|
|
6989
|
|
|
6990 /*
|
|
|
6991 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6992 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6993 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6994 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6995 */
|
|
|
6996 static int
|
|
|
6997 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6998 int c;
|
|
|
6999 {
|
|
|
7000 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
7001 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
7002 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
7003 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7004
|
|
|
7005 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
7006 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
7007 }
|
|
|
7008
|
|
|
7009 /*
|
|
|
7010 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
7011 *
|
|
|
7012 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
7013 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
7014 *
|
|
|
7015 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
7016 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
7017 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
7018 *
|
|
|
7019 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
7020 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
7021 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
7022 *
|
|
|
7023 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
7024 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
7025 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
7026 */
|
|
|
7027
|
|
298
|
7028 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
7029 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
7030 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
7031
|
|
|
7032 void
|
|
|
7033 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
7034 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
7035 {
|
|
|
7036 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7037
|
|
|
7038 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
7039 return;
|
|
|
7040 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
7041 {
|
|
|
7042 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
7043 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
7044 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
7045 {
|
|
|
7046 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
7047 return;
|
|
|
7048 }
|
|
|
7049 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
7050 {
|
|
|
7051 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
7052 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
7053 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
7054 }
|
|
|
7055 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
7056 }
|
|
|
7057 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
7058 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
7059 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
7060 *p = c;
|
|
|
7061 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7062 }
|
|
|
7063
|
|
1470
|
7064 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7065 /*
|
|
|
7066 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
|
|
|
7067 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
|
|
|
7068 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
|
|
|
7069 */
|
|
|
7070 int
|
|
|
7071 replace_push_mb(p)
|
|
|
7072 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7073 {
|
|
|
7074 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
|
7075 int j;
|
|
|
7076
|
|
|
7077 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
7078 replace_push(p[j]);
|
|
|
7079 return l;
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081 #endif
|
|
|
7082
|
|
840
|
7083 #if 0
|
|
7
|
7084 /*
|
|
|
7085 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
7086 */
|
|
|
7087 static void
|
|
|
7088 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
7089 int c;
|
|
|
7090 {
|
|
|
7091 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7092
|
|
|
7093 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7094 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7095 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
7096 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
7097 break;
|
|
|
7098 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
7099 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
7100 }
|
|
840
|
7101 #endif
|
|
7
|
7102
|
|
|
7103 /*
|
|
|
7104 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
7105 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
7106 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
7107 */
|
|
|
7108 static int
|
|
|
7109 replace_pop()
|
|
|
7110 {
|
|
|
7111 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
7112 return -1;
|
|
|
7113 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
7114 }
|
|
|
7115
|
|
|
7116 /*
|
|
|
7117 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
7118 * encountered.
|
|
|
7119 */
|
|
|
7120 static void
|
|
|
7121 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
7122 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
7123 {
|
|
|
7124 int i;
|
|
|
7125
|
|
|
7126 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7127 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
7128 {
|
|
|
7129 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7130 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
7131 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
7132 return;
|
|
|
7133 }
|
|
|
7134 }
|
|
|
7135
|
|
|
7136 /*
|
|
|
7137 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
7138 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
7139 */
|
|
|
7140 static void
|
|
|
7141 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
7142 {
|
|
|
7143 int cc;
|
|
|
7144 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
7145
|
|
|
7146 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
7147 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
7148 {
|
|
|
7149 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7150 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7151 #else
|
|
|
7152 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7153 #endif
|
|
|
7154 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7155 }
|
|
|
7156 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7157 }
|
|
|
7158
|
|
|
7159 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7160 /*
|
|
|
7161 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
7162 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
7163 */
|
|
|
7164 static void
|
|
|
7165 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
7166 int cc;
|
|
|
7167 {
|
|
|
7168 int n;
|
|
|
7169 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
7170 int i;
|
|
|
7171 int c;
|
|
|
7172
|
|
|
7173 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
7174 {
|
|
|
7175 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
7176 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7177 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7178 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7179 }
|
|
|
7180 else
|
|
|
7181 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7182
|
|
|
7183 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
7184 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
7185 for (;;)
|
|
|
7186 {
|
|
|
7187 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7188 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
7189 break;
|
|
|
7190 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
7191 {
|
|
|
7192 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7193 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
7194 break;
|
|
|
7195 }
|
|
|
7196 else
|
|
|
7197 {
|
|
|
7198 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
7199 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7200 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7201 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
7202 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7203 else
|
|
|
7204 {
|
|
|
7205 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7206 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
7207 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
7208 break;
|
|
|
7209 }
|
|
|
7210 }
|
|
|
7211 }
|
|
|
7212 }
|
|
|
7213 #endif
|
|
|
7214
|
|
|
7215 /*
|
|
|
7216 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
7217 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
7218 */
|
|
|
7219 static void
|
|
|
7220 replace_flush()
|
|
|
7221 {
|
|
|
7222 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
7223 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
7224 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
7225 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
7226 }
|
|
|
7227
|
|
|
7228 /*
|
|
|
7229 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
7230 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
7231 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7232 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
7233 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
1782
|
7234 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when
|
|
|
7235 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
|
|
7
|
7236 */
|
|
|
7237 static void
|
|
1782
|
7238 replace_do_bs(limit_col)
|
|
|
7239 int limit_col;
|
|
7
|
7240 {
|
|
|
7241 int cc;
|
|
|
7242 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7243 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
7244 int ins_len;
|
|
|
7245 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
7246 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
7247 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7248 int i;
|
|
|
7249 int vcol;
|
|
|
7250 #endif
|
|
|
7251
|
|
|
7252 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7253 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7254 {
|
|
|
7255 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7256 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7257 {
|
|
|
7258 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
7259 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
7260 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
7261 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
7262 }
|
|
|
7263 #endif
|
|
|
7264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7265 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7266 {
|
|
1782
|
7267 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
|
|
7
|
7268 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7269 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7270 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7271 # endif
|
|
|
7272 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
7273 }
|
|
|
7274 else
|
|
|
7275 #endif
|
|
|
7276 {
|
|
|
7277 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
7278 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7279 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7280 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7281 #endif
|
|
|
7282 }
|
|
|
7283 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7284
|
|
|
7285 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7286 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7287 {
|
|
|
7288 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
7289 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
835
|
7290 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
7
|
7291 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
7292 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7293 {
|
|
|
7294 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
7295 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
7296 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7297 #endif
|
|
|
7298 }
|
|
|
7299 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
7300
|
|
|
7301 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
7302 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
7303 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
7304 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
7305 {
|
|
|
7306 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7307 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
7308 }
|
|
|
7309 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
7310 }
|
|
|
7311 #endif
|
|
|
7312
|
|
|
7313 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
7314 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
7315 }
|
|
|
7316 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
1782
|
7317 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
|
|
7
|
7318 }
|
|
|
7319
|
|
|
7320 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7321 /*
|
|
|
7322 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
7323 */
|
|
|
7324 static int
|
|
|
7325 cindent_on()
|
|
|
7326 {
|
|
|
7327 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
7328 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7329 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
7330 # endif
|
|
|
7331 ));
|
|
|
7332 }
|
|
|
7333 #endif
|
|
|
7334
|
|
|
7335 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7336 /*
|
|
|
7337 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
7338 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
7339 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
7340 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
7341 */
|
|
|
7342
|
|
|
7343 void
|
|
|
7344 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
7345 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
7346 {
|
|
1516
|
7347 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7348 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7349 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
7350 }
|
|
|
7351
|
|
|
7352 void
|
|
|
7353 fix_indent()
|
|
|
7354 {
|
|
|
7355 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
7356 return;
|
|
|
7357 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
7358 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
7359 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
7360 # endif
|
|
|
7361 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
7362 else
|
|
|
7363 # endif
|
|
|
7364 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7365 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
7366 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
7367 # endif
|
|
|
7368 }
|
|
|
7369
|
|
|
7370 #endif
|
|
|
7371
|
|
|
7372 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7373 /*
|
|
|
7374 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
7375 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
7376 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
7377 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
7378 *
|
|
|
7379 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
7380 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
7381 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
7382 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
7383 *
|
|
|
7384 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
7385 */
|
|
|
7386 int
|
|
|
7387 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7388 int keytyped;
|
|
|
7389 int when;
|
|
|
7390 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
7391 {
|
|
|
7392 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7393 int try_match;
|
|
|
7394 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
7395 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7396 char_u *line;
|
|
|
7397 int icase;
|
|
|
7398 int i;
|
|
|
7399
|
|
|
7400 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7401 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
7402 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
7403 else
|
|
|
7404 #endif
|
|
|
7405 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
7406 while (*look)
|
|
|
7407 {
|
|
|
7408 /*
|
|
|
7409 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
7410 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
7411 */
|
|
|
7412 switch (when)
|
|
|
7413 {
|
|
|
7414 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
7415 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
7416 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
7417 }
|
|
|
7418 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
7419 ++look;
|
|
|
7420
|
|
|
7421 /*
|
|
|
7422 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
7423 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
7424 */
|
|
|
7425 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
7426 {
|
|
|
7427 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
7428 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7429 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7430 ++look;
|
|
|
7431 }
|
|
|
7432 else
|
|
|
7433 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
7434
|
|
|
7435 /*
|
|
|
7436 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
7437 */
|
|
|
7438 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
7439 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7440 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
7441 #else
|
|
|
7442 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
7443 #endif
|
|
|
7444 )
|
|
|
7445 {
|
|
|
7446 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
7447 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7448 look += 2;
|
|
|
7449 }
|
|
|
7450 /*
|
|
|
7451 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
7452 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
7453 */
|
|
|
7454 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
7455 {
|
|
|
7456 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
7457 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7458 ++look;
|
|
|
7459 }
|
|
|
7460 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
7461 {
|
|
|
7462 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
7463 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7464 ++look;
|
|
|
7465 }
|
|
|
7466
|
|
|
7467 /*
|
|
|
7468 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
7469 * cursor.
|
|
|
7470 */
|
|
|
7471 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
7472 {
|
|
|
7473 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
7474 {
|
|
|
7475 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7476 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
7477 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
7478 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7479 }
|
|
|
7480 ++look;
|
|
|
7481 }
|
|
|
7482
|
|
|
7483 /*
|
|
|
7484 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
7485 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
7486 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
7487 */
|
|
|
7488 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
7489 {
|
|
|
7490 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
7491 {
|
|
|
7492 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7493 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
7494 return TRUE;
|
|
1300
|
7495 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
|
|
|
7496 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7
|
7497 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
7498 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
7499 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
7500 {
|
|
|
7501 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
7502 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
7503 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
7504 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7505 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
7506 if (i)
|
|
|
7507 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7508 }
|
|
|
7509 }
|
|
|
7510 ++look;
|
|
|
7511 }
|
|
|
7512
|
|
|
7513
|
|
|
7514 /*
|
|
|
7515 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
7516 */
|
|
|
7517 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
7518 {
|
|
|
7519 if (try_match)
|
|
|
7520 {
|
|
|
7521 /*
|
|
|
7522 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
7523 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
7524 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
7525 */
|
|
|
7526 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
7527 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
7528 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7529
|
|
|
7530 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
7531 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7532 }
|
|
|
7533 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
7534 look++;
|
|
|
7535 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
7536 look++;
|
|
|
7537 }
|
|
|
7538
|
|
|
7539 /*
|
|
|
7540 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
7541 */
|
|
|
7542 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
7543 {
|
|
|
7544 ++look;
|
|
|
7545 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
7546 {
|
|
|
7547 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
7548 ++look;
|
|
|
7549 }
|
|
|
7550 else
|
|
|
7551 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
7552 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
7553 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
7554 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
7555 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
7556 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
7557 {
|
|
|
7558 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7559
|
|
|
7560 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7561 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
7562 {
|
|
|
7563 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7564
|
|
|
7565 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
7566 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
7567 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7568 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7569 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7570 {
|
|
|
7571 char_u *n;
|
|
|
7572
|
|
|
7573 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
7574 {
|
|
|
7575 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
7576 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
7577 break;
|
|
|
7578 }
|
|
|
7579 }
|
|
|
7580 else
|
|
|
7581 # endif
|
|
|
7582 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
7583 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
7584 break;
|
|
|
7585 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
7586 && (icase
|
|
|
7587 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
7588 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
7589 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7590 }
|
|
|
7591 else
|
|
|
7592 #endif
|
|
|
7593 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
7594 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
7595 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
7596 {
|
|
|
7597 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7598 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
7599 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
7600 && (icase
|
|
|
7601 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
7602 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
7603 == 0)
|
|
|
7604 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7605 }
|
|
|
7606 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
7607 {
|
|
|
7608 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
7609 * word. */
|
|
|
7610 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7611 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
7612 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
7613 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7614 }
|
|
|
7615 if (match)
|
|
|
7616 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7617 }
|
|
|
7618 look = p;
|
|
|
7619 }
|
|
|
7620
|
|
|
7621 /*
|
|
|
7622 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
7623 */
|
|
|
7624 else
|
|
|
7625 {
|
|
|
7626 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
7627 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7628 ++look;
|
|
|
7629 }
|
|
|
7630
|
|
|
7631 /*
|
|
|
7632 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
7633 */
|
|
|
7634 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
7635 }
|
|
|
7636 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7637 }
|
|
|
7638 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7639
|
|
|
7640 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7641 /*
|
|
|
7642 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
7643 */
|
|
|
7644 int
|
|
|
7645 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
7646 int c;
|
|
|
7647 {
|
|
|
7648 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
7649 {
|
|
|
7650 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
7651 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
7652 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
7653 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
7654 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
7655 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
7656 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
7657 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
7658 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
7659 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
7660 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
7661 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
7662 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
7663
|
|
|
7664 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
7665 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7666 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
7667 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
7668 return 'X';
|
|
|
7669 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
7670 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
7671 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
7672 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
7673 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
7674 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7675 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
7676 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7677 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7678 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
7679 #else
|
|
|
7680 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
7681 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
7682 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
7683 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
7684 */
|
|
|
7685 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
7686 #endif
|
|
|
7687 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7688 else
|
|
|
7689 return c;
|
|
|
7690 }
|
|
|
7691 else
|
|
|
7692 {
|
|
|
7693 switch (c)
|
|
|
7694 {
|
|
|
7695 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
7696 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
7697 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
7698 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
7699 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
7700
|
|
|
7701 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
7702 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
7703 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
7704 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
7705 default: {
|
|
|
7706 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
7707
|
|
|
7708 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7709 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
7710 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
7711 #else
|
|
|
7712 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
7713 #endif
|
|
|
7714 return c;
|
|
|
7715 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
7716 break;
|
|
|
7717 }
|
|
|
7718 }
|
|
|
7719
|
|
|
7720 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7721 }
|
|
|
7722 }
|
|
|
7723 #endif
|
|
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 static void
|
|
|
7726 ins_reg()
|
|
|
7727 {
|
|
|
7728 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7729 int regname;
|
|
|
7730 int literally = 0;
|
|
844
|
7731 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7732 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
|
|
|
7733 #endif
|
|
7
|
7734
|
|
|
7735 /*
|
|
|
7736 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
7737 */
|
|
|
7738 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7739 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7740 {
|
|
|
7741 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
7742 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
7743
|
|
|
7744 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
7745 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7746 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7747 #endif
|
|
|
7748 }
|
|
|
7749
|
|
|
7750 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7751 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7752 #endif
|
|
|
7753
|
|
|
7754 /*
|
|
|
7755 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7756 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7757 */
|
|
|
7758 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7759 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7760 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7761 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7762 {
|
|
|
7763 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
7764 literally = regname;
|
|
|
7765 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7766 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
7767 #endif
|
|
1389
|
7768 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7769 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7770 }
|
|
|
7771 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7772
|
|
|
7773 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7774 /*
|
|
|
7775 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
7776 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
7777 */
|
|
|
7778 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7779 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
7780 {
|
|
133
|
7781 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7782 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
7783 # endif
|
|
7
|
7784 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
7785 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7786 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
7787 if (im_on)
|
|
|
7788 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
7789 # endif
|
|
7
|
7790 }
|
|
140
|
7791 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
7792 {
|
|
|
7793 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
7794 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
7795 }
|
|
7
|
7796 else
|
|
|
7797 {
|
|
|
7798 #endif
|
|
|
7799 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7800 {
|
|
|
7801 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
7802 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7803 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
7804 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
7805
|
|
|
7806 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
7807 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7808 }
|
|
|
7809 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7810 {
|
|
|
7811 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7812 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7813 }
|
|
133
|
7814 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
7815 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
7816 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
7817 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7818 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7819
|
|
7
|
7820 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7821 }
|
|
|
7822 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7823 #endif
|
|
|
7824 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7825 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7826 #endif
|
|
|
7827
|
|
|
7828 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7829 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
7830 edit_unputchar();
|
|
844
|
7831
|
|
|
7832 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7833 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
|
|
|
7834 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
|
|
|
7835 end_visual_mode();
|
|
|
7836 #endif
|
|
7
|
7837 }
|
|
|
7838
|
|
|
7839 /*
|
|
|
7840 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7841 */
|
|
|
7842 static void
|
|
|
7843 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
7844 {
|
|
|
7845 int c;
|
|
|
7846
|
|
|
7847 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7848 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
7849 setcursor();
|
|
|
7850 #endif
|
|
|
7851
|
|
|
7852 /*
|
|
|
7853 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7854 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7855 */
|
|
|
7856 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7857 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7858 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7859 switch (c)
|
|
|
7860 {
|
|
|
7861 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7862 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7863 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
7864 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
7865 break;
|
|
|
7866
|
|
|
7867 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7868 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7869 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
7870 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
7871 break;
|
|
|
7872
|
|
|
7873 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
825
|
7874 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7875 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
7876
|
|
|
7877 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
1219
|
7878 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
626
|
7879 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
7880 break;
|
|
|
7881
|
|
|
7882 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
7883 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
7884 }
|
|
|
7885 }
|
|
|
7886
|
|
|
7887 /*
|
|
449
|
7888 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7889 */
|
|
|
7890 static void
|
|
|
7891 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
7892 {
|
|
782
|
7893 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
|
|
449
|
7894 {
|
|
|
7895 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
7896 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
7897 {
|
|
|
7898 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7899 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7900 }
|
|
|
7901 else
|
|
|
7902 {
|
|
|
7903 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7904 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7905 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7906 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7907 #endif
|
|
|
7908 }
|
|
|
7909 }
|
|
|
7910 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7911 else
|
|
|
7912 {
|
|
|
7913 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7914 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7915 {
|
|
|
7916 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7917 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7918 }
|
|
|
7919 else
|
|
|
7920 {
|
|
|
7921 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7922 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7923 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7924 }
|
|
|
7925 }
|
|
|
7926 #endif
|
|
|
7927 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7928 showmode();
|
|
|
7929 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7930 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7931 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7932 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7933 #endif
|
|
|
7934 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7935 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7936 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7937 #endif
|
|
|
7938 }
|
|
|
7939
|
|
|
7940 /*
|
|
7
|
7941 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7942 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7943 * insert.
|
|
|
7944 */
|
|
|
7945 static int
|
|
477
|
7946 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7947 long *count;
|
|
|
7948 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7949 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7950 {
|
|
|
7951 int temp;
|
|
|
7952 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7953
|
|
744
|
7954 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
449
|
7955 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7956 #endif
|
|
7
|
7957 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7958 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7959 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7960 # endif
|
|
|
7961 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7962 {
|
|
|
7963 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7964 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7965 }
|
|
|
7966 #endif
|
|
|
7967
|
|
|
7968 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7969 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7970 {
|
|
|
7971 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7972 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7973 }
|
|
|
7974 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7975 {
|
|
|
7976 /*
|
|
|
7977 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7978 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7979 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7980 */
|
|
|
7981 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7982 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7983
|
|
|
7984 /*
|
|
|
7985 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7986 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7987 */
|
|
|
7988 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7989 {
|
|
|
7990 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7991 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7992 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7993 }
|
|
|
7994
|
|
|
7995 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7996 {
|
|
164
|
7997 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7998 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7999 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
8000
|
|
7
|
8001 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
8002 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
8003 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
8004 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
8005 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
8006 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
8007 }
|
|
|
8008 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
8009 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8010 }
|
|
|
8011
|
|
|
8012 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
8013 * indent */
|
|
|
8014 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
8015 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8016
|
|
|
8017 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
8018 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
8019 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8020
|
|
|
8021 /*
|
|
|
8022 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
8023 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
8024 */
|
|
477
|
8025 if (!nomove
|
|
|
8026 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
8027 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8028 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
8029 #endif
|
|
477
|
8030 )
|
|
|
8031 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
8032 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
8033 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
8034 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
8035 #endif
|
|
|
8036 ))
|
|
7
|
8037 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8038 && !revins_on
|
|
|
8039 #endif
|
|
|
8040 )
|
|
|
8041 {
|
|
|
8042 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8043 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
8044 {
|
|
|
8045 oneleft();
|
|
|
8046 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
8047 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
8048 }
|
|
|
8049 else
|
|
|
8050 #endif
|
|
|
8051 {
|
|
|
8052 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8053 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8054 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
8055 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8056 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
8057 #endif
|
|
|
8058 }
|
|
|
8059 }
|
|
|
8060
|
|
|
8061 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
8062 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
8063 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
8064 * well). */
|
|
|
8065 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
8066 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
8067 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
8068 #endif
|
|
|
8069
|
|
|
8070 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
8071 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
8072 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
8073
|
|
|
8074 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8075 setmouse();
|
|
|
8076 #endif
|
|
|
8077 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
8078 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
8079 #endif
|
|
|
8080
|
|
|
8081 /*
|
|
|
8082 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
8083 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
8084 */
|
|
|
8085 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
8086 showmode();
|
|
|
8087 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
8088 MSG("");
|
|
|
8089
|
|
|
8090 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
8091 }
|
|
|
8092
|
|
|
8093 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8094 /*
|
|
|
8095 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
8096 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
8097 */
|
|
|
8098 static void
|
|
|
8099 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
8100 {
|
|
|
8101 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
8102 {
|
|
|
8103 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
8104 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8105 }
|
|
|
8106 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
8107 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
8108 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8109 {
|
|
|
8110 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8111 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8112 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
8113 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8114 }
|
|
|
8115 else
|
|
|
8116 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
8117 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8118 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
8119 {
|
|
|
8120 /*
|
|
|
8121 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
8122 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
8123 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
8124 */
|
|
|
8125 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
8126 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
8127 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
8128 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8129 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
8130 }
|
|
|
8131 else
|
|
|
8132 #endif
|
|
|
8133 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
8134 showmode();
|
|
|
8135 }
|
|
|
8136 #endif
|
|
|
8137
|
|
|
8138 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
8139 /*
|
|
|
8140 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
8141 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
8142 */
|
|
|
8143 static int
|
|
|
8144 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
8145 int c;
|
|
|
8146 {
|
|
|
8147 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
8148 switch (c)
|
|
|
8149 {
|
|
|
8150 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
8151 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
8152 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
8153 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
8154 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8155 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8156 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
8157 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
8158 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8159 case K_UP:
|
|
|
8160 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
8161 case K_END:
|
|
|
8162 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
8163 # endif
|
|
|
8164 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
8165 break;
|
|
|
8166 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
8167 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
8168 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8169 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
8170 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
8171 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
8172 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
8173 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
8174 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
8175 start_selection();
|
|
|
8176
|
|
|
8177 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
8178 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
8179 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
8180 {
|
|
|
8181 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
8182
|
|
|
8183 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
8184 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
8185 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
8186 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
8187 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
8188 }
|
|
|
8189 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
8190 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8191 }
|
|
|
8192 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8193 }
|
|
|
8194 #endif
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 /*
|
|
449
|
8197 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
8198 */
|
|
|
8199 static void
|
|
|
8200 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
8201 int replaceState;
|
|
|
8202 {
|
|
|
8203 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8204 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8205 {
|
|
|
8206 beep_flush();
|
|
|
8207 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
8208 return;
|
|
|
8209 }
|
|
|
8210 #endif
|
|
|
8211
|
|
|
8212 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
8213 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
8214 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
8215 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
8216 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8217 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
8218 # endif
|
|
|
8219 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
8220 # endif
|
|
449
|
8221 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
8222 #endif
|
|
|
8223 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8224 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8225 else
|
|
|
8226 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8227 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
8228 showmode();
|
|
|
8229 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
8230 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
8231 #endif
|
|
|
8232 }
|
|
|
8233
|
|
|
8234 /*
|
|
|
8235 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8236 */
|
|
|
8237 static void
|
|
|
8238 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
8239 {
|
|
|
8240 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8241 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8242 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
8243 else
|
|
|
8244 #endif
|
|
|
8245 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8246 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
8247 else
|
|
|
8248 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
8249 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8250 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8251 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
8252 else
|
|
|
8253 #endif
|
|
|
8254 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
8255 }
|
|
|
8256
|
|
|
8257 /*
|
|
7
|
8258 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
8259 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
1796
|
8260 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible
|
|
7
|
8261 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
8262 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
8263 */
|
|
|
8264 static void
|
|
|
8265 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
8266 int c;
|
|
|
8267 int lastc;
|
|
|
8268 {
|
|
|
8269 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8270 return;
|
|
|
8271 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8272
|
|
|
8273 /*
|
|
|
8274 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
8275 */
|
|
1330
|
8276 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8277 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
7
|
8278 {
|
|
|
8279 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8280 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
8281 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
8282 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8283 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8284 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8285 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
1516
|
8286 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
8287 }
|
|
|
8288 else
|
|
1516
|
8289 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
8290
|
|
|
8291 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
8292 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8293 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8294 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8295 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8296 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8297 #endif
|
|
|
8298 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8299 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
8300 #endif
|
|
|
8301 }
|
|
|
8302
|
|
|
8303 static void
|
|
|
8304 ins_del()
|
|
|
8305 {
|
|
|
8306 int temp;
|
|
|
8307
|
|
|
8308 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8309 return;
|
|
|
8310 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
8311 {
|
|
|
8312 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8313 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
8314 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
8315 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
8316 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8317 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8318 else
|
|
|
8319 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8320 }
|
|
|
8321 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
8322 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8323 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8324 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8325 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8326 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8327 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8328 #endif
|
|
|
8329 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
8330 }
|
|
|
8331
|
|
1460
|
8332 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
|
|
|
8333
|
|
|
8334 /*
|
|
|
8335 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
|
|
|
8336 */
|
|
|
8337 static void
|
|
|
8338 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
|
|
|
8339 colnr_T *vcolp;
|
|
|
8340 {
|
|
|
8341 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8342 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8343 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8344 {
|
|
|
8345 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
8346 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
8347 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8348 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
1782
|
8349 replace_do_bs(-1);
|
|
1460
|
8350 }
|
|
|
8351 else
|
|
|
8352 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8353 }
|
|
|
8354
|
|
7
|
8355 /*
|
|
|
8356 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8357 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
8358 */
|
|
|
8359 static int
|
|
|
8360 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
8361 int c;
|
|
|
8362 int mode;
|
|
|
8363 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
8364 {
|
|
|
8365 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8366 int cc;
|
|
|
8367 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
1872
|
8368 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
7
|
8369 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
8370 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
8371 int in_indent;
|
|
|
8372 int oldState;
|
|
|
8373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
714
|
8374 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
|
7
|
8375 #endif
|
|
|
8376
|
|
|
8377 /*
|
|
|
8378 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
8379 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
8380 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
8381 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
8382 */
|
|
|
8383 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
8384 || (
|
|
|
8385 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8386 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
8387 #endif
|
|
|
8388 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8389 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
8390 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
8391 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8392 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
8393 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
8394 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
8395 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
8396 {
|
|
|
8397 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8398 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8399 }
|
|
|
8400
|
|
|
8401 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8402 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8403 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8404 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8405 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
8406 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8407 #endif
|
|
|
8408 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8409 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
8410 #endif
|
|
|
8411 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8412 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
8413 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8414 #endif
|
|
|
8415
|
|
|
8416 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8417 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
8418 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
8419 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
8420 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
8421 */
|
|
|
8422 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
8423 {
|
|
|
8424 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8425 {
|
|
|
8426 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
8427 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8428 }
|
|
|
8429 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
8430 {
|
|
|
8431 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8432 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8433 }
|
|
|
8434 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8435 }
|
|
|
8436 #endif
|
|
|
8437
|
|
|
8438 /*
|
|
|
8439 * delete newline!
|
|
|
8440 */
|
|
|
8441 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8442 {
|
|
|
8443 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8444 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8445 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8446 || revins_on
|
|
|
8447 #endif
|
|
|
8448 )
|
|
|
8449 {
|
|
|
8450 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
8451 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8452 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8453 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8454 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8455 }
|
|
|
8456 /*
|
|
|
8457 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
8458 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
8459 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
8460 */
|
|
|
8461 cc = -1;
|
|
|
8462 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8463 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
8464 /*
|
|
|
8465 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
8466 * cursor.
|
|
|
8467 */
|
|
|
8468 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
8469 {
|
|
|
8470 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8471 }
|
|
|
8472 else
|
|
|
8473 {
|
|
|
8474 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8475 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8476 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
8477 #endif
|
|
|
8478 {
|
|
|
8479 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
8480 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
8481
|
|
|
8482 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
8483 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
8484 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
8485 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
8486 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
8487 {
|
|
|
8488 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
8489 TRUE);
|
|
|
8490 int len;
|
|
|
8491
|
|
835
|
8492 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
278
|
8493 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
8494 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
8495 }
|
|
|
8496
|
|
7
|
8497 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
8498 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8499 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8500 }
|
|
|
8501 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8502 else
|
|
|
8503 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8504 #endif
|
|
|
8505
|
|
|
8506 /*
|
|
|
8507 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
8508 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
8509 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
8510 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
8511 */
|
|
|
8512 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8513 {
|
|
|
8514 /*
|
|
|
8515 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
8516 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
8517 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
8518 */
|
|
|
8519 oldState = State;
|
|
|
8520 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
8521 /*
|
|
|
8522 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
8523 */
|
|
|
8524 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
8525 {
|
|
1872
|
8526 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
8527 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8528 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
8529 #else
|
|
|
8530 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
8531 #endif
|
|
1872
|
8532 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
7
|
8533 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
8534 }
|
|
|
8535 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
8536 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8537 State = oldState;
|
|
|
8538 }
|
|
|
8539 }
|
|
|
8540 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8541 }
|
|
|
8542 else
|
|
|
8543 {
|
|
|
8544 /*
|
|
|
8545 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
8546 */
|
|
|
8547 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8548 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
8549 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8550 #endif
|
|
|
8551 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
8552 /* keep indent */
|
|
1085
|
8553 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
|
|
|
8554 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
8555 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
2004
|
8556 || cindent_on()
|
|
1085
|
8557 #endif
|
|
|
8558 )
|
|
7
|
8559 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8560 && !revins_on
|
|
|
8561 #endif
|
|
|
8562 )
|
|
|
8563 {
|
|
1872
|
8564 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
8565 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
1988
|
8566 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < save_col)
|
|
7
|
8567 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
1872
|
8568 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
7
|
8569 }
|
|
|
8570
|
|
|
8571 /*
|
|
|
8572 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
8573 */
|
|
|
8574 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
8575 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
8576 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
1497
|
8577 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
7
|
8578 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
8579 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
8580 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
8581 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
8582 {
|
|
|
8583 int ts;
|
|
|
8584 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
8585 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
1460
|
8586 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
7
|
8587
|
|
|
8588 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
8589 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
8590 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8591 else
|
|
|
8592 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8593 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
8594 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
8595 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
8596 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
1460
|
8597 start_vcol = vcol;
|
|
7
|
8598 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8599 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
8600 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8601 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
8602
|
|
|
8603 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
8604 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
8605 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
1460
|
8606 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8607
|
|
|
8608 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
8609 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
8610 {
|
|
|
8611 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
8612 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8613 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8614 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8615
|
|
|
8616 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8617 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8618 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8619 else
|
|
|
8620 #endif
|
|
|
8621 {
|
|
|
8622 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
1460
|
8623 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
8624 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7
|
8625 }
|
|
|
8626 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8627 }
|
|
1460
|
8628
|
|
|
8629 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
|
|
|
8630 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
|
|
|
8631 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
|
|
|
8632 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8633 }
|
|
|
8634
|
|
|
8635 /*
|
|
|
8636 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
8637 */
|
|
|
8638 else do
|
|
|
8639 {
|
|
|
8640 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8641 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
8642 #endif
|
|
|
8643 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8644
|
|
|
8645 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
8646 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
8647 {
|
|
|
8648 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
8649 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
8650 }
|
|
|
8651 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
8652 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
8653 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
8654 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
8655 {
|
|
|
8656 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8657 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
8658 #endif
|
|
|
8659 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8660 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8661 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8662 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8663 #endif
|
|
|
8664 break;
|
|
|
8665 }
|
|
|
8666 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1782
|
8667 replace_do_bs(-1);
|
|
7
|
8668 else
|
|
|
8669 {
|
|
|
8670 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8671 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
714
|
8672 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
|
|
7
|
8673 #endif
|
|
|
8674 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8675 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8676 /*
|
|
714
|
8677 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
|
8678 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7
|
8679 * character.
|
|
|
8680 */
|
|
714
|
8681 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
8682 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8683 #endif
|
|
|
8684 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8685 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8686 {
|
|
|
8687 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8688 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8689 }
|
|
|
8690 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
8691 break;
|
|
|
8692 #endif
|
|
|
8693 }
|
|
|
8694 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
8695 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8696 break;
|
|
|
8697 } while (
|
|
|
8698 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8699 revins_on ||
|
|
|
8700 #endif
|
|
|
8701 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
8702 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8703 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
8704 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
8705 }
|
|
|
8706 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8707 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8708 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8709 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8710 #endif
|
|
|
8711 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
8712 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8713 /*
|
|
|
8714 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
8715 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
8716 * with.
|
|
|
8717 */
|
|
|
8718 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8719
|
|
|
8720 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
8721 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8722 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8723 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8724
|
|
|
8725 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
8726 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
8727 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
8728 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
8729 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
8730 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
8731 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
8732 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
8733 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8734
|
|
1514
|
8735 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8736 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
|
|
|
8737 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
|
|
|
8738 * char before a Tab. */
|
|
|
8739 if (did_backspace)
|
|
|
8740 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8741 #endif
|
|
|
8742
|
|
7
|
8743 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
8744 }
|
|
|
8745
|
|
|
8746 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8747 static void
|
|
|
8748 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
8749 int c;
|
|
|
8750 {
|
|
|
8751 pos_T tpos;
|
|
840
|
8752 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
7
|
8753
|
|
|
8754 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8755 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
8756 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8757 # endif
|
|
|
8758 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
8759 return;
|
|
|
8760
|
|
|
8761 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8762 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8763 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
8764 {
|
|
840
|
8765 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8766 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8767
|
|
|
8768 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
|
|
|
8769 {
|
|
|
8770 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
|
|
|
8771 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
|
|
|
8772 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8773 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8774 }
|
|
|
8775 #endif
|
|
|
8776 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
|
|
|
8777 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8778 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
|
|
|
8779 {
|
|
|
8780 curwin = new_curwin;
|
|
|
8781 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8782 }
|
|
|
8783 #endif
|
|
7
|
8784 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8785 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8786 # endif
|
|
|
8787 }
|
|
|
8788
|
|
|
8789 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8790 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
8791 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
8792 #endif
|
|
|
8793 }
|
|
|
8794
|
|
|
8795 static void
|
|
|
8796 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
8797 int up;
|
|
|
8798 {
|
|
|
8799 pos_T tpos;
|
|
1434
|
8800 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8801 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8802 # endif
|
|
|
8803 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8804 int did_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
8805 # endif
|
|
|
8806
|
|
|
8807 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8808
|
|
|
8809 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8810 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
8811 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8812 {
|
|
|
8813 int row, col;
|
|
|
8814
|
|
|
8815 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
8816 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
8817
|
|
|
8818 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
8819 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
8820 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8821 }
|
|
|
8822 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
8823 # endif
|
|
|
8824 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8825
|
|
1434
|
8826 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8827 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
|
|
|
8828 if (!pum_visible()
|
|
|
8829 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8830 || curwin != old_curwin
|
|
|
8831 # endif
|
|
|
8832 )
|
|
|
8833 # endif
|
|
|
8834 {
|
|
|
8835 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
8836 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
8837 else
|
|
|
8838 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
8839 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8840 did_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
|
8841 # endif
|
|
|
8842 }
|
|
7
|
8843
|
|
|
8844 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8845 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
8846
|
|
|
8847 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8848 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8849 # endif
|
|
|
8850
|
|
1434
|
8851 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8852 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
|
|
|
8853 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
|
|
|
8854 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
|
|
|
8855 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
|
|
|
8856 {
|
|
|
8857 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
8858 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
8859 }
|
|
|
8860 # endif
|
|
|
8861
|
|
7
|
8862 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
8863 {
|
|
|
8864 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8865 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8866 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8867 # endif
|
|
|
8868 }
|
|
|
8869 }
|
|
|
8870 #endif
|
|
|
8871
|
|
692
|
8872 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
8873 static void
|
|
692
|
8874 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
|
8875 int c;
|
|
|
8876 {
|
|
|
8877 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
|
8878 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
|
8879 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
|
8880 {
|
|
|
8881 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8882 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8883 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8884 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8885 # endif
|
|
|
8886 }
|
|
|
8887
|
|
|
8888 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
|
8889 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
|
8890 else
|
|
846
|
8891 {
|
|
692
|
8892 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
846
|
8893 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
|
|
|
8894 }
|
|
692
|
8895 }
|
|
|
8896 #endif
|
|
|
8897
|
|
|
8898 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8899 void
|
|
|
8900 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
8901 {
|
|
|
8902 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8903
|
|
|
8904 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8905 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8906 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
8907 {
|
|
|
8908 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8909 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8910 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8911 # endif
|
|
|
8912 }
|
|
|
8913 }
|
|
|
8914
|
|
|
8915 void
|
|
|
8916 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
8917 {
|
|
|
8918 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8919
|
|
|
8920 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8921 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8922 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
8923 {
|
|
|
8924 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8925 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8926 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8927 # endif
|
|
|
8928 }
|
|
|
8929 }
|
|
|
8930 #endif
|
|
|
8931
|
|
|
8932 static void
|
|
|
8933 ins_left()
|
|
|
8934 {
|
|
|
8935 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8936
|
|
|
8937 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8938 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8939 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8940 #endif
|
|
|
8941 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8942 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8943 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
8944 {
|
|
941
|
8945 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
8946 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
|
|
|
8947 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
|
|
|
8948 if (!im_is_preediting())
|
|
|
8949 #endif
|
|
|
8950 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7
|
8951 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8952 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
8953 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
8954 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8955 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8956 #endif
|
|
|
8957 }
|
|
|
8958
|
|
|
8959 /*
|
|
|
8960 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
8961 * previous line
|
|
|
8962 */
|
|
|
8963 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8964 {
|
|
|
8965 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8966 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
8967 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8968 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
8969 }
|
|
|
8970 else
|
|
|
8971 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8972 }
|
|
|
8973
|
|
|
8974 static void
|
|
|
8975 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
8976 int c;
|
|
|
8977 {
|
|
|
8978 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8979
|
|
|
8980 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8981 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8982 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8983 #endif
|
|
|
8984 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8985 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8986 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
8987 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
8988 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8989 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8990 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8991 #endif
|
|
|
8992 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
8993 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8994 }
|
|
|
8995
|
|
|
8996 static void
|
|
|
8997 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8998 int c;
|
|
|
8999 {
|
|
|
9000 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9001
|
|
|
9002 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9003 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
9004 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9005 #endif
|
|
|
9006 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9007 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9008 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
9009 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
9010 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
9011 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
9012
|
|
|
9013 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9014 }
|
|
|
9015
|
|
|
9016 static void
|
|
|
9017 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
9018 {
|
|
|
9019 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9020 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
9021 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9022 #endif
|
|
|
9023 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9024 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
9025 {
|
|
|
9026 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9027 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9028 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
9029 }
|
|
|
9030 else
|
|
|
9031 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9032 }
|
|
|
9033
|
|
|
9034 static void
|
|
|
9035 ins_right()
|
|
|
9036 {
|
|
|
9037 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9038 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
9039 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9040 #endif
|
|
|
9041 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
1877
|
9042 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL
|
|
|
9043 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
9044 || virtual_active()
|
|
|
9045 #endif
|
|
7
|
9046 )
|
|
|
9047 {
|
|
|
9048 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9049 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
9050 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
9051 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
9052 oneright();
|
|
|
9053 else
|
|
|
9054 #endif
|
|
|
9055 {
|
|
|
9056 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
9057 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
9058 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
9059 else
|
|
|
9060 #endif
|
|
|
9061 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
9062 }
|
|
|
9063
|
|
|
9064 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9065 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
9066 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
9067 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
9068 #endif
|
|
|
9069 }
|
|
|
9070 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
9071 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
9072 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
9073 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
9074 {
|
|
|
9075 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9076 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
9077 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
9078 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
9079 }
|
|
|
9080 else
|
|
|
9081 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9082 }
|
|
|
9083
|
|
|
9084 static void
|
|
|
9085 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
9086 {
|
|
|
9087 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9088 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
9089 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9090 #endif
|
|
|
9091 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9092 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
9093 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
9094 {
|
|
|
9095 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9096 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
9097 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
9098 }
|
|
|
9099 else
|
|
|
9100 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9101 }
|
|
|
9102
|
|
|
9103 static void
|
|
|
9104 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
9105 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
9106 {
|
|
|
9107 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9108 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
9109 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9110 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
9111 #endif
|
|
|
9112
|
|
|
9113 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9114 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9115 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
9116 {
|
|
|
9117 if (startcol)
|
|
|
9118 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
9119 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
9120 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9121 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
9122 #endif
|
|
|
9123 )
|
|
|
9124 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9125 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9126 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9127 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9128 #endif
|
|
|
9129 }
|
|
|
9130 else
|
|
|
9131 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9132 }
|
|
|
9133
|
|
|
9134 static void
|
|
|
9135 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
9136 {
|
|
|
9137 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9138
|
|
|
9139 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9140
|
|
|
9141 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9142 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9143 {
|
|
|
9144 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
|
|
1013
|
9145 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9146 {
|
|
|
9147 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9148 goto_tabpage(-1);
|
|
|
9149 }
|
|
828
|
9150 return;
|
|
|
9151 }
|
|
|
9152 #endif
|
|
|
9153
|
|
7
|
9154 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9155 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9156 {
|
|
|
9157 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9158 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9159 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9160 #endif
|
|
|
9161 }
|
|
|
9162 else
|
|
|
9163 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9164 }
|
|
|
9165
|
|
|
9166 static void
|
|
|
9167 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
9168 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
9169 {
|
|
|
9170 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9171 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
9172 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9173 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
9174 #endif
|
|
|
9175
|
|
|
9176 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9177 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9178 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
9179 {
|
|
|
9180 if (startcol)
|
|
|
9181 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
9182 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
9183 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9184 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
9185 #endif
|
|
|
9186 )
|
|
|
9187 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9188 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9189 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9190 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9191 #endif
|
|
|
9192 }
|
|
|
9193 else
|
|
|
9194 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9195 }
|
|
|
9196
|
|
|
9197 static void
|
|
|
9198 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
9199 {
|
|
|
9200 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9201
|
|
|
9202 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9203
|
|
|
9204 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9205 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9206 {
|
|
|
9207 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
|
|
1013
|
9208 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9209 {
|
|
|
9210 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9211 goto_tabpage(0);
|
|
|
9212 }
|
|
828
|
9213 return;
|
|
|
9214 }
|
|
|
9215 #endif
|
|
|
9216
|
|
7
|
9217 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9218 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9219 {
|
|
|
9220 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9221 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9222 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9223 #endif
|
|
|
9224 }
|
|
|
9225 else
|
|
|
9226 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9227 }
|
|
|
9228
|
|
|
9229 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
9230 static void
|
|
|
9231 ins_drop()
|
|
|
9232 {
|
|
|
9233 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
9234 }
|
|
|
9235 #endif
|
|
|
9236
|
|
|
9237 /*
|
|
|
9238 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
9239 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
9240 */
|
|
|
9241 static int
|
|
|
9242 ins_tab()
|
|
|
9243 {
|
|
|
9244 int ind;
|
|
|
9245 int i;
|
|
|
9246 int temp;
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
9249 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
9250 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9251 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9252
|
|
|
9253 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
9254 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9255 if (ind)
|
|
|
9256 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
9257 #endif
|
|
|
9258
|
|
|
9259 /*
|
|
|
9260 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
9261 */
|
|
|
9262 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
9263 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
9264 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
9265 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9266
|
|
|
9267 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9268 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9269
|
|
|
9270 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
9271 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9272 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9273 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9274 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
9275 #endif
|
|
|
9276 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
9277
|
|
|
9278 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
9279 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
9280 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
9281 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
9282 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
9283 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
9284 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
9285
|
|
|
9286 /*
|
|
|
9287 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
9288 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
9289 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
9290 */
|
|
|
9291 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9292 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
9293 {
|
|
|
9294 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9295 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9296 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9297 else
|
|
|
9298 #endif
|
|
|
9299 {
|
|
|
9300 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
9301 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
9302 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9303 }
|
|
|
9304 }
|
|
|
9305
|
|
|
9306 /*
|
|
|
9307 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
9308 */
|
|
|
9309 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
9310 {
|
|
|
9311 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9312 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9313 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
9314 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
9315 #endif
|
|
|
9316 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
9317 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
9318 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
9319 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
9320 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
9321
|
|
|
9322 /*
|
|
|
9323 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
9324 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
9325 */
|
|
|
9326 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9327 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9328 {
|
|
|
9329 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9330 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
9331 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
9332 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
9333 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9334 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
9335 }
|
|
|
9336 else
|
|
|
9337 #endif
|
|
|
9338 {
|
|
|
9339 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
9340 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9341 }
|
|
|
9342
|
|
|
9343 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
9344 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9345 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
9346
|
|
|
9347 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
9348 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9349 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
9350 {
|
|
|
9351 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
9352 --ptr;
|
|
|
9353 }
|
|
|
9354
|
|
|
9355 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
9356 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9357 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
9358 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9359 {
|
|
|
9360 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9361 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
9362 }
|
|
|
9363
|
|
|
9364 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
9365 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9366 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9367
|
|
|
9368 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
9369 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
9370 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
9371 {
|
|
|
9372 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
9373 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9374 break;
|
|
|
9375 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
9376 {
|
|
|
9377 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
9378 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
9379 {
|
|
|
9380 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
9381 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
9382 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9383 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
9384 }
|
|
|
9385 }
|
|
|
9386 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
9387 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9388 vcol += i;
|
|
|
9389 }
|
|
|
9390
|
|
|
9391 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
9392 {
|
|
|
9393 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
9394
|
|
|
9395 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
9396 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
9397 {
|
|
|
9398 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
9399 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9400 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
9401 }
|
|
|
9402 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9403 {
|
|
|
9404 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
9405 --ptr;
|
|
|
9406 --repl_off;
|
|
|
9407 }
|
|
|
9408 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
9409
|
|
|
9410 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
9411 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9412 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
9413 {
|
|
1622
|
9414 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
|
|
7
|
9415 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
9416 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9417 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9418 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9419 #endif
|
|
|
9420 )
|
|
|
9421 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
9422 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
9423 }
|
|
33
|
9424 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
9425 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
9426 {
|
|
|
9427 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9428 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
9429 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9430 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
9431 }
|
|
|
9432 #endif
|
|
7
|
9433 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
9434
|
|
|
9435 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9436 /*
|
|
|
9437 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
9438 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
9439 * spacing.
|
|
|
9440 */
|
|
|
9441 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9442 {
|
|
|
9443 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
9444 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
9445
|
|
|
9446 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
9447 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
9448 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
9449 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
9450 }
|
|
|
9451 #endif
|
|
|
9452 }
|
|
|
9453
|
|
|
9454 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9455 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9456 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
9457 #endif
|
|
|
9458 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
9459 }
|
|
|
9460
|
|
|
9461 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9462 }
|
|
|
9463
|
|
|
9464 /*
|
|
|
9465 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
9466 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
9467 */
|
|
|
9468 static int
|
|
|
9469 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
9470 int c;
|
|
|
9471 {
|
|
|
9472 int i;
|
|
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9475 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9476 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9477 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9478 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9479
|
|
|
9480 /*
|
|
|
9481 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
9482 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
9483 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
9484 */
|
|
|
9485 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9486 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9487 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9488 #endif
|
|
|
9489 )
|
|
|
9490 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9491
|
|
|
9492 /*
|
|
|
9493 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
9494 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
9495 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
9496 * in open_line().
|
|
|
9497 */
|
|
|
9498
|
|
844
|
9499 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
9500 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
|
|
|
9501 * CTRL-O). */
|
|
|
9502 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
9503 coladvance(getviscol());
|
|
|
9504 #endif
|
|
|
9505
|
|
7
|
9506 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9507 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
9508 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
9509 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
9510 # endif
|
|
|
9511 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
9512 * current line. */
|
|
|
9513 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
9514 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
9515 #endif
|
|
|
9516
|
|
|
9517 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
9518 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
9519 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
9520 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
9521 #endif
|
|
|
9522 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
9523 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
9524 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9525 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9526 #endif
|
|
1032
|
9527 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9528 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
|
|
|
9529 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9530 #endif
|
|
7
|
9531
|
|
|
9532 return (!i);
|
|
|
9533 }
|
|
|
9534
|
|
|
9535 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
9536 /*
|
|
|
9537 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
9538 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
9539 * done.
|
|
|
9540 */
|
|
|
9541 static int
|
|
|
9542 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
9543 {
|
|
|
9544 int c;
|
|
|
9545 int cc;
|
|
|
9546
|
|
|
9547 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
9548 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9549 {
|
|
|
9550 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9551 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9552
|
|
|
9553 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
9554 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9555 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
9556 #endif
|
|
|
9557 }
|
|
|
9558
|
|
|
9559 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
9560 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
9561 #endif
|
|
|
9562
|
|
|
9563 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
9564 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
9565 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9566 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9567 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9568 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9569 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9570 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
9571 {
|
|
|
9572 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9573 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9574 #endif
|
|
|
9575 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9576 return NUL;
|
|
|
9577 }
|
|
|
9578 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
9579 {
|
|
|
9580 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9581 {
|
|
|
9582 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9583 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9584
|
|
|
9585 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
9586 {
|
|
|
9587 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
9588 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
9589 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
9590 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9591 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
9592 }
|
|
|
9593 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9594 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
9595 #endif
|
|
|
9596 }
|
|
|
9597 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9598 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9599 cc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9600 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9601 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9602 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
9603 {
|
|
|
9604 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
9605 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
9606 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9607 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9608 #endif
|
|
|
9609 return c;
|
|
|
9610 }
|
|
|
9611 }
|
|
|
9612 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
9613 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9614 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9615 #endif
|
|
|
9616 return NUL;
|
|
|
9617 }
|
|
|
9618 #endif
|
|
|
9619
|
|
|
9620 /*
|
|
|
9621 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
9622 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
9623 */
|
|
|
9624 static int
|
|
|
9625 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
9626 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
9627 {
|
|
|
9628 int c;
|
|
|
9629 int temp;
|
|
|
9630 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9631
|
|
|
9632 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
9633 {
|
|
|
9634 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9635 return NUL;
|
|
|
9636 }
|
|
|
9637
|
|
|
9638 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
9639 temp = 0;
|
|
|
9640 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
9641 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9642 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9643 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9644 {
|
|
|
9645 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9646 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
9647 }
|
|
|
9648 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
9649 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9650
|
|
|
9651 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
9652 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
9653 #else
|
|
|
9654 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
9655 #endif
|
|
|
9656 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
9657 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9658 return c;
|
|
|
9659 }
|
|
|
9660
|
|
449
|
9661 /*
|
|
|
9662 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
9663 */
|
|
|
9664 static int
|
|
|
9665 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
9666 int tc;
|
|
|
9667 {
|
|
|
9668 int c = tc;
|
|
|
9669
|
|
|
9670 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
9671 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
9672 {
|
|
|
9673 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
9674 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
9675 else
|
|
|
9676 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
9677 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9678 }
|
|
|
9679 else
|
|
|
9680 #endif
|
|
|
9681 {
|
|
|
9682 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
9683 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
9684 {
|
|
|
9685 long tw_save;
|
|
|
9686
|
|
|
9687 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
9688 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
9689 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
9690 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
9691 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
9692 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
9693 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
9694 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
9695 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9696 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
9697 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9698 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
9699 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
9700 #endif
|
|
|
9701 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
9702 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
9703 }
|
|
|
9704 }
|
|
|
9705 return c;
|
|
|
9706 }
|
|
|
9707
|
|
7
|
9708 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9709 /*
|
|
|
9710 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
9711 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
9712 */
|
|
|
9713 static void
|
|
|
9714 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
9715 int c;
|
|
|
9716 {
|
|
|
9717 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
9718 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9719 int i;
|
|
|
9720 int temp;
|
|
|
9721
|
|
|
9722 /*
|
|
|
9723 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
9724 */
|
|
|
9725 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
9726 {
|
|
|
9727 /*
|
|
|
9728 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
9729 */
|
|
|
9730 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9731 {
|
|
|
9732 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9733 /*
|
|
|
9734 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
9735 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
9736 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
9737 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
9738 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
9739 */
|
|
|
9740 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
9741 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
9742 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
9743 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
9744 ;
|
|
|
9745 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
9746 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
9747 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9748 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
9749 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9750 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9751 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9752 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1516
|
9753 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9754 else
|
|
|
9755 #endif
|
|
|
9756 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9757 }
|
|
|
9758 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
9759 {
|
|
|
9760 /*
|
|
|
9761 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
9762 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
9763 */
|
|
|
9764 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
9765 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9766 {
|
|
|
9767 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9768 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9769 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9770 {
|
|
|
9771 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
9772
|
|
|
9773 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
9774 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9775 break;
|
|
|
9776 }
|
|
|
9777 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
9778 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
9779 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9780 }
|
|
|
9781 if (temp)
|
|
1516
|
9782 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9783 }
|
|
|
9784 }
|
|
|
9785
|
|
|
9786 /*
|
|
|
9787 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
9788 */
|
|
|
9789 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
9790 {
|
|
|
9791 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
9792 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
9793 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9794 }
|
|
|
9795
|
|
|
9796 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
9797 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
9798 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
9799 }
|
|
|
9800 #endif
|
|
|
9801
|
|
|
9802 /*
|
|
|
9803 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
9804 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
9805 */
|
|
|
9806 static colnr_T
|
|
|
9807 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
9808 {
|
|
|
9809 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9810 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9811 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9812 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
9813 }
|
